Fujitsu VCR M2488 User Manual

C144-E019-03EN

M2488 CARTRIDGE TAPE DRIVE

PRODUCT GUIDE

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 USER’S GUIDE

PREFACE

The M2488 User’s Guide provides the information necessary for the user to operate the M2488 Car-

tridge Tape Drive.

Chapter 1 Introduction

This chapter provides an overview of the M2488 Cartridge Tape Drive and its optional equipment.

Chapter 2 Installation Instructions

This chapter provides procedures for the preparation and assembly of the M2488 Cartridge Tape

Drive.

Chapter 3 Controls and Indicators

This chapter describes the controls, indicators and connectors for the M2488 Cartridge Tape Drive

and its optional equipment.

Chapter 4 Configuration

This chapter describes the configuration menus of the M2488 Cartridge Tape Drive.

Chapter 5 Operating Instructions

This chapter provides procedures for operating the M2488 Cartridge Tape Drive and its optional

equipment.

Chapter 6 Maintenance and Servicing

This chapter describes the user maintenance and servicing of the M2488 Cartridge Tape Drive.

Chapter 7 Parts List

This chapter describes the M2488 models and optional equipment available.

The ANSI X3.131-199x SCSI specification may be purchased from:

American National Standard Institute, Inc.

1430 Broadway, New York, N.Y. 10018

Tel. (212) 642-4900

SCSI-2 unreleased documentation X3B5/87-099 may be obtained from:

Global Engineering Documents

2805 McGaw

Irvine, CA 92714

CONVENTION

Hexadecimal numbers are denoted by an “h” following the number (e.g. 23h) or 0xNN.

Binary numbers are denoted by a “b” following the number (e.g. 001b).

C144-E019-03EN

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CHAPTER

TITLE

PAGE

REVISION RECORD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i

DIRECTORY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii

AGENCY STATEMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii

PREFACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv

INFORMATION LOCATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vi

TABLE OF CONTENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix

LIST OF FIGURES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxi

LIST OF TABLES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxiii

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

1-1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

1-2 PREPARING THE M2488 AND ITS OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

1-3 CONFIGURATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

1-3.1 Rack-mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

1-3.2 Desktop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3

1-4 UNPACKING INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

1-4.1 Unpack the M2488 Tape Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

1-4.2 Unpack the Automatic Cartridge Loader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5

1-4.3 Unpack the Flush-mounted Automatic Cartridge Loader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6

1-5 EQUIPMENT INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7

1-5.1 Inspect the M2488 Tape Drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7

1-5.2 Inspect the ACL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7

1-5.3 Inspect the FACL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7

1-6 ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8

1-6.1 General Installation and Assembly Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9

1-6.1.1 Air Flow and Service Clearances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9

1-6.2 Interface Personality Module Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9

1-6.3 Cable and Power Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10

1-6.4 Desktop Installation Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11

1-6.4.1 Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11

1-6.4.2 Tape Drive Only. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11

1-6.4.3 Drive with ACL Attached (5-Cartridge Magazine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11

1-6.4.4 Drive with ACL Attached (10-Cartridge Magazine) . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12

1-6.4.5 Drive with FACL Attached . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15

1-6.5 Rack-Mount Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19

1-6.5.1 Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19

1-6.5.2 Adjust the Guide Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19

1-6.5.2.1 Inner Cover Mounted to Mounting Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19

1-6.5.2.2 Inner Cover NOT Mounted to Mounting Tray . . . . . . . 1-19

1-6.5.3 Screw Plate Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20

C144-E019-03EN

iii

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

CHAPTER

TITLE

PAGE

1-6.5.4 Attach Mounting Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-20

1-6.5.5 Adjust the Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-22

1-6.5.6 Install the M2488 or M2488 with Medium Changer on the

Mounting Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-23

1-6.6 Installation of the Automatic Cartridge Loader. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-26

1-6.6.1 Prepare the M2488 Tape Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-27

1-6.6.2 Prepare the ACL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-28

1-6.6.3 Connect the M2488 and the ACL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-29

1-6.7 Installation of the Flush-mount Automatic Cartridge Loader . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-32

1-6.7.1 Prepare the M2488 Tape Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-33

1-6.7.2 Prepare the FACL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-34

1-6.7.3 Connect the M2488 and the FACL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-35

1-7 PREPARATION FOR USE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-37

DESIGN ARCHITECTURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1

2-1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1

2-2 OPERATION OF THE M2488. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1

2-3 OPERATION OF THE MAGNETIC TAPE CONTROLLER (MTC). . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2

2-3.1 Data Path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2

2-3.2 Data Buffer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2

2-3.3 ERDC Compression Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2

2-3.4 Microprocessor Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-3

2-3.5 Firmware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4

2-4 OPERATION OF THE MAGNETIC TAPE UNIT (MTU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4

2-4.1 Airless Tape Path. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4

2-4.2 Read and Write Electronics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5

SCSI MESSAGES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-1

3-1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-1

3-2 M2488 TAPE AND MEDIUM CHANGER SCSI MESSAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-1

3-2.1 ABORT code 06h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2

3-2.2 BUS DEVICE RESET code 0Ch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2

3-2.3 COMMAND COMPLETE code 00h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2

3-2.4 DISCONNECT code 04h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2

3-2.5 EXTENDED MESSAGE FORMAT code 01h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3

3-2.5.1 Synchronous Data Transfer Request (SDTR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3

3-2.5.2 Wide Data Transfer Request (WDTR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5

3-2.6 IDENTIFY code 80h-FFh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-7

3-2.7 IGNORE WIDE RESIDUE code 23h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-7

3-2.8 INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR code 05h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-8

3-2.9 LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE code 0Ah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-8

C144-E019-03EN

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

CHAPTER

TITLE

PAGE

3-2.10 LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE (WITH FLAG) code 0Bh. . . . . . . . . . 3-8

3-2.11 MESSAGE PARITY ERROR code 09h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8

3-2.12 MESSAGE REJECT code 07h. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8

3-2.13 NO OPERATION code 08h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9

3-2.14 RESTORE POINTERS code 03h. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9

3-2.15 SAVE DATA POINTER code 02h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9

3-3 SCSI BUS STATUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10

3-3.1 Good Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10

3-3.2 Check Condition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10

3-3.3 Busy Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10

3-3.4 Intermediate Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10

3-3.5 Reservation Conflict Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

4-1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

4-2 LOGICAL UNITS AND SCSI IDS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

4-2.1 Target ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

4-2.2 Initiator ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

4-2.3 Tape LUN 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

4-2.4 Media Changer LUN 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

4-2.5 LUN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

4-3 M2488 TAPE SCSI COMMANDS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

4-3.1 Command Description Block Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

4-3.2 CHANGE DEFINITION command 40h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

4-3.2.1 CHANGE DEFINITION CDB Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

4-3.2.2 CHANGE DEFINITION Changes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6

4-3.2.3 CHANGE DEFINITION CHECK CONDITION Status . . . . . . . . . 4-7

4-3.2.4 CHANGE DEFINITION Sense Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7

4-3.3 DISPLAY command CFh (11h). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8

4-3.3.1 DISPLAY CDB Description (11h). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8

4-3.3.2 Display Data (11h) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9

4-3.3.3 DISPLAY Sense Keys (11h) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11

4-3.4 DISPLAY command CFh (10h). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12

4-3.4.1 DISPLAY CDB Description (10h). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12

4-3.4.2 Display Data (10h) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13

4-3.4.3 DISPLAY Sense Keys (10h) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14

4-3.5 ERASE command 19h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15

4-3.5.1 ERASE CDB Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15

4-3.5.2 ERASE Sense Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16

4-3.6 INQUIRY command 12h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18

4-3.6.1 INQUIRY CDB Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18

4-3.6.2 INQUIRY CHECK CONDITION Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19

C144-E019-03EN

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

CHAPTER

TITLE

PAGE

4-3.6.3 Inquiry Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-19

4-3.6.4 INQUIRY Sense Keys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-24

4-3.7 LOAD UNLOAD command 1Bh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-25

4-3.7.1 LOAD UNLOAD CDB Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-25

4-3.7.2 LOAD UNLOAD CHECK CONDITION Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-26

4-3.7.3 LOAD UNLOAD Sense Keys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-27

4-3.8 LOCATE command 2Bh. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-28

4-3.8.1 LOCATE CDB Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-28

4-3.8.2 LOCATE CHECK CONDITION Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-31

4-3.8.3 LOCATE Sense Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-31

4-3.9 LOG SELECT command 4Ch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-32

4-3.9.1 LOG SELECT CDB Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-32

4-3.9.2 LOG SELECT CHECK CONDITION Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-32

4-3.10 LOG SENSE command 4Dh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-33

4-3.10.1 LOG SENSE CDB Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-33

4-3.10.2 LOG SENSE Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-34

4-3.10.3 LOG SENSE Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-35

4-3.10.3.1 Log Sense Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-37

4-3.10.4 LOG SENSE Sense Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-48

4-3.11 LOOP WRITE TO READ command C1h. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-49

4-3.11.1 LOOP WRITE TO READ CDB Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-49

4-3.11.2 LOOP WRITE TO READ CHECK CONDITION Status . . . . . . .4-50

4-3.11.3 LOOP WRITE TO READ Sense Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-50

4-3.12 MODE SELECT command 15h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-51

4-3.12.1 MODE SELECT CDB Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-51

4-3.12.2 Mode Select Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-52

4-3.12.3 MODE SELECT Sense Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-55

4-3.13 MODE SENSE command 1Ah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-56

4-3.13.1 MODE SENSE CDB Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-56

4-3.13.2 Mode Sense Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-57

4-3.13.3 Mode Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-60

4-3.13.4 Initiator Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-60

4-3.13.5 MODE SENSE Sense Keys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-62

4-3.14 READ command 08h. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-63

4-3.14.1 READ CDB Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-63

4-3.14.2 READ CHECK CONDITION Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-64

4-3.14.3 READ Sense Keys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-66

4-3.15 READ BLOCK LIMITS command 05h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-68

4-3.15.1 READ BLOCK LIMITS CDB Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-68

4-3.15.2 READ BLOCK LIMITS Sense Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-69

4-3.16 READ BUFFER command 3Ch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-70

4-3.16.1 READ BUFFER CDB Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-70

C144-E019-03EN

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

CHAPTER

TITLE

PAGE

4-3.16.2 READ BUFFER Sense Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-74

4-3.17 READ POSITION command 34h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75

4-3.17.1 READ POSITION CDB Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75

4-3.17.2 READ POSITION Return Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-76

4-3.17.3 Description of Block ID Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-78

4-3.17.4 READ POSITION Sense Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-79

4-3.18 READ REVERSE command 0Fh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-80

4-3.18.1 READ REVERSE CDB Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-80

4-3.18.2 READ REVERSE CHECK CONDITION Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81

4-3.18.3 READ REVERSE Sense Keys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82

4-3.19 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command 1Ch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-83

4-3.19.1 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS CDB Description. . . . . . . . 4-83

4-3.19.2 Diagnostic Page Codes (PF=1 in SEND DIAGNOSTIC

command CDB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85

4-3.19.3 Diagnostic Parameter List (PF=0 in SEND DIAGNOSTIC

command CDB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87

4-3.19.4 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS CHECK CONDITION

Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87

4-3.19.5 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Sense Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-88

4-3.20 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS (FACTORY MODE) command 1Ch 4-89

4-3.20.1 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS (FACTORY MODE)

CDB Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-89

4-3.20.2 Diagnostic Page Codes (PF=1 in SEND DIAGNOSTIC

command CDB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-91

4-3.20.3 Diagnostic Parameter List (PF=0 in SEND DIAGNOSTIC

command CDB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-96

4-3.20.4 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS CHECK CONDITION

Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-96

4-3.20.5 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Sense Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-97

4-3.21 RECOVER BUFFERED DATA command 14h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-98

4-3.21.1 RECOVER BUFFERED DATA CDB Description. . . . . . . . . . . . 4-98

4-3.21.2 RECOVER BUFFERED DATA Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99

4-3.21.3 RECOVER BUFFERED DATA CHECK CONDITION Status . . 4-99

4-3.21.4 RECOVER BUFFERED DATA Sense Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100

4-3.22 RELEASE UNIT command 17h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-101

4-3.22.1 RELEASE UNIT CDB Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-101

4-3.22.2 RELEASE UNIT Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-102

4-3.22.3 RELEASE UNIT Sense Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-102

4-3.23 REQUEST SENSE command 03h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-103

4-3.23.1 REQUEST SENSE CDB Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-103

4-3.23.2 REQUEST SENSE CHECK CONDITION Status . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-103

4-3.23.3 REQUEST SENSE Sense Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-104

4-3.24 Report Density Support command 44h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-105

C144-E019-03EN

vii

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

CHAPTER

TITLE

PAGE

4-3.24.1 REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT CDB Description . . . . . . . . . . . .4-105

4-3.24.2 REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-106

4-3.24.3 REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT Sense Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-111

4-3.25 RESERVE UNIT command 16h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-112

4-3.25.1 RESERVE UNIT CDB Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-112

4-3.25.2 RESERVE UNIT Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-113

4-3.25.3 RESERVE UNIT Sense Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-114

4-3.26 REWIND command 01h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-115

4-3.26.1 REWIND CDB Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-115

4-3.26.2 REWIND CHECK CONDITION Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-115

4-3.26.3 REWIND Sense Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-116

4-3.27 SEND DIAGNOSTIC command 1Dh. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-117

4-3.27.1 SEND DIAGNOSTIC CDB Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-117

4-3.27.2 SEND DIAGNOSTIC CHECK CONDITION Status. . . . . . . . . . .4-119

4-3.27.3 Diagnostic Pages (PF=1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-119

4-3.27.4 Diagnostic Parameter List (PF=0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-122

4-3.27.5 SEND DIAGNOSTIC Sense Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-123

4-3.28 SEND DIAGNOSTIC (FACTORY MODE) command 1Dh . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-124

4-3.28.1 SEND DIAGNOSTIC CDB Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-124

4-3.28.2 SEND DIAGNOSTIC (FACTORY MODE) CHECK

CONDITION Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-126

4-3.28.3 Diagnostic Pages (PF=1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-126

4-3.28.4 Diagnostic Parameter List (PF=0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-132

4-3.28.5 SEND DIAGNOSTIC Sense Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-134

4-3.29 SPACE command 11h. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-135

4-3.29.1 SPACE CDB Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-135

4-3.29.2 SPACE CHECK CONDITION Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-136

4-3.29.3 SPACE Sense Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-137

4-3.30 TEST UNIT READY command 00h. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-138

4-3.30.1 TEST UNIT READY CDB Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-138

4-3.30.2 TEST UNIT READY CHECK CONDITION Status . . . . . . . . . . .4-138

4-3.30.3 TEST UNIT READY Sense Keys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-139

4-3.31 WRITE command 0Ah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-140

4-3.31.1 WRITE CDB Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-140

4-3.31.2 WRITE CHECK CONDITION Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-140

4-3.31.3 WRITE Sense Keys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-143

4-3.32 WRITE BUFFER command 3Bh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-144

4-3.32.1 WRITE BUFFER CDB Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-144

4-3.32.2 WRITE BUFFER CHECK CONDITION Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-148

4-3.32.3 WRITE BUFFER Sense Keys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-149

4-3.33 WRITE FILEMARKS command 10h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-150

4-3.33.1 WRITE FILEMARKS CDB Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-150

viii

C144-E019-03EN

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

CHAPTER

TITLE

PAGE

4-3.33.2 WRITE FILEMARKS CHECK CONDITION Status . . . . . . . . . . 4-151

4-3.33.3 WRITE FILEMARKS Sense Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-152

4-4 COMMAND DISCONNECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-153

4-5 SCSI RESET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-153

TAPE UNIT PARAMETERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

5-1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

5-2 ADDITIONAL COMMAND INFORMATION ON MTU MODE SELECT AND

MODE SENSE COMMANDS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

5-2.1 The Parameters Savable Bit (All pages). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

5-2.2 Vendor Unique Parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

5-2.3 Error Recovery and Reporting Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4

5-2.4 Disconnect/Reconnect Control Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7

5-2.5 Common Device-Type Control Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9

5-2.6 Device Configuration Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11

5-2.7 Density Code 28h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14

5-2.7.1 M2488 Operation When Density Code 28h Is Not Configured. . . . 5-15

5-2.7.2 M2488 Operation When Density Code 28h Is Configured . . . . . . . 5-15

5-3 MTU INQUIRY/CHANGE DEFINITION VITAL PRODUCT DATA PAGES. . . . 5-17

5-3.1 General VPD Page Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17

5-3.2 Supported VPD Pages - Page 00h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19

5-3.3 Unit Serial Number Page - Page 80h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19

5-3.4 Implemented Operating Definition Page - Page 81h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20

5-3.5 ASCII Implemented Operating Definition Page - Page 82h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21

5-3.6 Unit Usage Page - Page C0h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22

5-3.7 Configuration Page - Page C1h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23

5-3.8 Product Identification Page - Page C2h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24

MEDIA CHANGER SCSI COMMANDS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

6-1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

6-2 MEDIA CHANGER COMMANDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

6-2.1 EXCHANGE MEDIUM MC command A6h. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

6-2.1.1 EXCHANGE MEDIUM CDB Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

6-2.1.2 Exchange Medium Examples. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

6-2.1.3 EXCHANGE MEDIUM Sense Keys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

6-2.2 MODE SELECT MC command 15h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6

6-2.2.1 MODE SELECT CDB Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6

6-2.2.2 MODE SELECT CHECK CONDITION Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8

6-2.2.3 MODE SELECT Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8

6-2.2.4 MODE SELECT MC Sense Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10

6-2.3 MODE SENSE MC command 1Ah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11

C144-E019-03EN

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

CHAPTER

TITLE

PAGE

6-2.3.1 MODE SENSE CDB Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-11

6-2.3.2 MODE SENSE Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-13

6-2.3.3 MODE SENSE MC Sense Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-14

6-2.4 MOVE MEDIUM MC command A5h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-16

6-2.4.1 MOVE MEDIUM CDB Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-16

6-2.4.2 ACL/FACL Tables of Allowed Moves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-17

6-2.4.3 MOVE MEDIUM Sense Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-18

6-2.5 READ ELEMENT STATUS MC command B8h. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-19

6-2.5.1 READ ELEMENT STATUS CDB Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-19

6-2.5.2 READ ELEMENT STATUS Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-21

6-2.5.2.1 Element Status Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-22

6-2.5.2.2 Element Status Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-23

6-2.5.2.3 Element Descriptors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-24

6-2.5.3 Source and Destination Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-29

6-2.5.4 READ ELEMENT STATUS Sense Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-29

6-2.6 TEST UNIT READY MC command 00h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-30

6-2.6.1 TEST UNIT READY CDB Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-30

6-2.6.2 TEST UNIT READY CHECK CONDITION Status . . . . . . . . . . . .6-30

6-2.6.3 TEST UNIT READY Sense Keys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-31

6-3 ADDITIONAL COMMAND INFORMATION ON MEDIUM CHANGER

MODE SELECT AND MODE SENSE COMMANDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-32

6-3.1 Page Code 00h, Device Unique Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-32

6-3.2 Page Code 1Dh, Element Address Assignments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-35

6-3.3 Page Code 1Eh, Transport Geometry Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-37

6-3.4 Page Code 1Fh, Device Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-38

6-4 MC (MEDIUM CHANGER) INQUIRY/CHANGE DEFINITION

VITAL PRODUCT DATA PAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-41

6-4.1 General VPD Page Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-41

6-4.2 Supported VPD Pages - Page 00h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-42

6-4.3 Implemented Operating Definition Page 81h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-43

6-4.4 ASCII Implemented Operating Definition Page 82h. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-44

6-4.5 Product Identification Page C2h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-45

TAPE PROCESSING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-1

7-1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-1

7-2 CHANGING MODE PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-1

7-2.1 Initiator Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-1

7-3 PERMANENT ERROR HANDLING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3

7-3.1 PERMANENT WRITE ERROR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3

7-3.2 PERMANENT READ ERROR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3

C144-E019-03EN

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

CHAPTER

TITLE

PAGE

MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

8-1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

8-2 OPERATOR PANEL DISPLAYED ERROR MESSAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

8-2.1 OZONE:xxxxyyyy <text> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

8-2.2 NVRAM Initialization Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2

8-2.3 CHK XX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2

8-2.4 Diagnostic Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2

8-2.4.1 Operator Panel Error Code Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2

8-2.4.2 Maintenance Terminal Error Code Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3

8-3 SENSE DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4

8-3.1 Error Code Sense Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4

8-3.2 Sense Information Bytes 20-43 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9

8-3.2.1 Format 0 Sense Information Description for SIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9

8-3.2.2 Format 01h Sense Information for FMT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9

8-3.2.3 Description of Format 01h Sense Information for Drive . . . . . . . . . 8-11

8-3.2.4 Format 2 and 3 Sense Information, Hardware Registers . . . . . . . . . 8-13

8-3.2.5 Format 4 Sense Information for Diagnostic Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15

8-4 DIAGNOSTICS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16

8-4.1 Go/No-Go Diagnostics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16

8-4.2 Off-Line Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16

8-4.3 MTU Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16

8-4.3.1 Off-Line Diagnostic Menu on the Operator Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19

8-4.3.2 Off-Line Diagnostic Menu through the Remote Maintenance

(RS-232) Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20

8-4.4 Types of Diagnostic Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24

8-4.4.1 Tasked Go/No-Go Diagnostics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24

8-4.4.2 Off-Line Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25

8-4.4.3 In-line Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25

8-4.5 Diagnostic Test Registry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-27

8-4.6 Diagnostic Microcode Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-27

8-5 FACTORY SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-28

8-6 ERROR RECOVERY PROCEDURES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-30

8-6.1 EDRC Error Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-30

8-6.2 Retry Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-30

8-7 MAINTENANCE TERMINAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-33

8-7.1 Maintenance Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-33

8-7.2 Remote Debug for JDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-34

8-7.2.1 M2488 Side (Remote) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-34

8-7.2.1.1 Equipment Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-34

8-7.2.1.2 Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-34

8-8 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-35

C144-E019-03EN

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

CHAPTER

TITLE

PAGE

8-9 TAPE PATH CLEANING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-35

8-10 MANUAL TAPE REMOVAL PROCEDURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-36

8-10.1 Cartridge Tape Stopped During Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-36

8-10.2 Tape Stopped During Threading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-37

8-10.3 Tape Wound on Take-up Reel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-37

8-11 REMOVE AND REPLACE PROCEDURES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-38

8-11.1 Air Filter Remove and Replace Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-43

8-11.1.1 Air Filter Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-43

8-11.1.2 Air Filter Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-43

8-11.2 Fan Assembly Remove and Replace Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-44

8-11.2.1 Fan Assembly Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-44

8-11.2.2 Fan Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-44

8-11.3 IPM Remove and Replace Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-45

8-11.3.1 IPM Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-45

8-11.3.2 IPM Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-45

8-11.4 Top Cover Remove and Replace Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-46

8-11.4.1 Top Cover Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-46

8-11.4.2 Top Cover Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-46

8-11.5 Bottom Cover Remove and Replace Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-47

8-11.5.1 Bottom Cover Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-47

8-11.5.2 Bottom Cover Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-47

8-11.6 DTC PCBA Remove and Replace Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-48

8-11.6.1 DTC PCBA Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-48

8-11.6.2 DTC PCBA Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-48

8-11.7 Threader Assembly Remove and Replace Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-50

8-11.7.1 Threader Assembly Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-50

8-11.7.2 Threader Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-50

8-11.8 Loader Assembly Remove and Replace Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-51

8-11.8.1 Loader Assembly Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-51

8-11.8.2 Loader Assembly Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-51

8-11.9 OP PCA Remove and Replace Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-52

8-11.9.1 OP PCA Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-52

8-11.9.2 OP PCA Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-52

8-11.10 Power Supply (PSU) Remove and Replace Procedures.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-53

8-11.10.1 Power Supply Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-53

8-11.10.2 Power Supply Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-53

8-11.11 SVL PCBA Remove and Replace Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-54

8-11.11.1 SVL PCBA Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-54

8-11.11.2 SVL PCBA Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-54

8-11.12 RDL PCBA Remove and Replace Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-54

8-11.12.1 RDL PCBA Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-54

8-11.12.2 RDL PCBA Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-54

xii

C144-E019-03EN

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

CHAPTER

TITLE

PAGE

8-11.13 WTL PCBA Remove and Replace Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-55

8-11.13.1 WTL PCBA Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-55

8-11.13.2 WTL PCBA Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-55

PARTS REPLACEMENT CATALOG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1

9-1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1

9-2 FIELD REPLACEABLE UNITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1

SENSE KEYS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1

ASC/ASCQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-1

ERPA CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-1

FAULT SYMPTOM CODES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-1

CHK XX ERROR CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-1

E-1 CHK XX ERROR CODE DESCRIPTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-1

E-2 CHK XX ERROR CODE REPLACEMENT ACTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-7

DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-1

SUPPORTED SCSI TRANSFER RATES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-1

MTU DIAGNOSTIC SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-1

H-1 OUTLINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-1

H-2 HOW TO EXECUTE THE DIAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-1

H-2.1 SCSI interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-1

H-2.2 RS-232C interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-1

H-2.3 How to execute the DIAG for the MTU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-1

H-3 M2488 DIAG STRUCTURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-1

H-4 MTU DIAG PARAMETER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-3

H-4.1 DIAG activation parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-3

H-4.2 Explanation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-3

H-4.3 DIAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-4

H-4.3.1 READ/WRITE: Ten diagnostic tests to check read and write . . . . H-4

C144-E019-03EN

xiii

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

CHAPTER

TITLE

PAGE

H-4.3.2 LOAD/UNLOAD: Two diagnostic tests to check loading and

unloading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-5

H-4.3.3 ACL TEST: Two diagnostic tests to check the autoloader . . . . . . .H-6

H-4.3.4 TESTMODE: Diagnostic test to measure operations . . . . . . . . . . .H-6

H-4.3.4.1 M1:LOAD: Cartridge loading time measurement . . . .H-7

H-4.3.4.2 M2:TPPFM: Measure the tape acceleration/

deceleration time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-7

H-4.3.4.3 M3:AC/PS: Measure the tape access/positioning time. H-7

H-4.3.4.4 M4:MODCH: Mode change time measurement. . . . . .H-7

H-4.3.4.5 M5:LOCAT: Tape locating time measurement . . . . . .H-8

H-4.3.4.6 M6:REWND: Tape rewinding time measurement . . . .H-8

H-4.3.4.7 M7:D.S.E: DSE time measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-8

H-4.3.4.8 M8:UNLD: Cartridge unloading time measurement . .H-8

H-4.3.4.9 M9:CLEAN: Cleaning time measurement . . . . . . . . . .H-8

H-4.4 COMBINATION : Running test by combining up to ten commands . . . . . . .H-9

H-4.5 Error reset command

------- CMD CD : 0x70 or 0xF0 . . . . . . . .H-9

H-5 PARAMETER LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-10

H-6 DIAG RESULT DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-21

FLOWCHARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I-1

INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Index-1

xiv

C144-E019-03EN

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

LIST OF FIGURES

FIGURE

TITLE

PAGE

Figure 1-1.

Figure 1-2.

Figure 1-3.

Figure 1-4.

Figure 1-5.

Figure 1-6.

Figure 1-7.

Figure 1-8.

Figure 1-9.

Figure 1-10.

Figure 1-11.

Figure 1-12.

Figure 1-13.

Figure 1-14.

Figure 1-15.

Figure 1-16.

Figure 1-17.

Figure 1-18.

Figure 1-19.

Figure 1-20.

Figure 1-21.

Figure 1-22.

Figure 1-23.

Figure 1-24.

Figure 1-25.

Figure 1-26.

Figure 1-27.

Figure 1-28.

Figure 1-29.

Figure 1-30.

Figure 1-31.

Figure 2-1.

Figure 2-2.

Figure 2-3.

Figure 8-1.

Figure 8-2.

Figure 8-3.

Figure 8-1.

Figure 8-2.

Figure 8-3.

Figure 8-4.

Figure 8-5.

IPM Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9

Cable and Power Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10

Drive with ACL (5-cartridge) Desktop Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11

Attaching Bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12

Stability Brackets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13

Drive Placement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13

Drive Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14

Rear Bracket Attachment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14

M2488 with FACL in Desktop Model. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15

Attach to Bottom Base. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16

Desktop Model Top Covers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17

Desktop Model Rear Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18

Guide Plate Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20

19-inch Rack-mount Kit Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21

Bracket Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22

M2488 Tray Mounting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23

M2488 with ACL Tray Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24

Mount FACL to Inner Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24

FACL Face Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25

Prepare the M2488 Tape Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27

Prepare the ACL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-28

Connect the M2488 and the ACL Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-29

Attach Operator Panel Cable to ACL Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-30

Attach the ACL Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-30

Replace Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-31

Prepare the M2488 Tape Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-33

Prepare the FACL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-34

FACL Rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-35

Connect the M2488 and the FACL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-36

Cable Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-36

Replace Top Covers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-37

M2488 Block Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

DTC PCA Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3

DVL PCA Block Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5

Help Information Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23

EDRC Retry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-32

Maintenance Connector (M2488) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-33

Tape Path Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-35

Interconnect Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-41

Air Filter Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-43

Fan Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-44

IPM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-45

C144-E019-03EN

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

LIST OF FIGURES

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

LIST OF FIGURES - CONTINUED

FIGURE

TITLE

PAGE

Figure 8-6.

Figure 8-7.

Figure 8-8.

Figure 8-9.

Figure 8-10.

Figure 8-11.

Figure 8-12.

Figure 8-13.

Figure 9-1.

Figure 9-2.

Figure 9-3.

Figure 9-4.

Figure 9-5.

Figure 9-6.

Figure 9-7.

Figure 9-8.

Figure I-1.

Figure I-2.

Figure I-3.

Figure I-4.

Figure I-5.

Figure I-6.

Figure I-7.

Figure I-8.

Figure I-9.

Figure I-10.

Figure I-11.

Top Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-46

Bottom Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-47

DTC PCBA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-49

Threader Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-50

Loader Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-51

OP PCBA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-52

PSU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-53

WTL PCBA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-55

M2488 Tape Drive FRUs (Top Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2

M2488 Tape Drive FRUs (Bottom Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-3

DTC PCBA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-4

IPM PCBA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-4

RDL PCBA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-5

SVL PCBA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-5

WTL PCBA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-6

DVL PCBA (Reference Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-6

Operator Panel Flowchart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I-2

RUN COMB Flowchart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I-3

RUN ACL Flowchart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I-3

LIST ERROR Flowchart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I-4

RS-232 Flowchart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I-4

SETTING Flowchart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I-5

LOAD CODE Flowchart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I-6

INQUIRY Flowchart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I-6

MODE PAGES Flowchart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I-7

FACTORY Flowchart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I-8

81:FSGRP Flowchart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I-8

xvi

C144-E019-03EN

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE

TITLE

PAGE

Table 1-1.

Table 1-2.

Table 1-3.

Table 1-4.

Table 3-1.

Table 3-2.

Table 3-3.

Table 3-4.

Table 4-1.

Table 4-2.

Table 4-3.

Table 4-4.

Table 4-5.

Table 4-6.

Table 4-7.

Table 4-8.

Table 4-9.

Table 4-10.

Table 4-11.

Table 4-12.

Table 4-13.

Table 4-14.

Table 4-15.

Table 4-16.

Table 4-17.

Table 4-18.

Table 4-19.

Table 4-20.

Table 4-21.

Table 4-22.

Table 4-23.

Table 4-24.

Table 4-25.

Table 4-26.

Table 4-27.

Table 4-28.

Table 4-29.

Table 4-30.

Table 4-31.

Table 4-32.

Table 4-33.

Table 4-34.

Rack-mount Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

Desktop Configurations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3

Equipment and Tools Required for ACL Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26

Equipment and Tools Required for FACL Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-32

M2488 SCSI Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

Ignore Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8

Status Byte. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10

Status Byte Code Bit Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10

M2488 SCSI Commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

CDB Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

CHANGE DEFINITION Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

Definition Parameter Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6

DISPLAY Field Description (11h) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8

DISPLAY Parameter (11h) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9

Display Parameter Field Description (11h). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9

Display Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10

Display Mode Selection Bits (11h) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11

DISPLAY Field Description (10h) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12

Display Format Control Byte Description (10h) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13

DISPLAY Parameter (10h) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13

Display Mode Selection Bits (10h) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14

ERASE Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15

INQUIRY Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18

EVPD Bit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19

Supported VPD Page Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19

INQUIRY Data Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20

INQUIRY Data Format Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21

Peripheral Qualifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23

Peripheral Device Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23

Possible Peripheral Qualifier and Device Types Generated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23

Default Vendor and Product Identification Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24

LOAD UNLOAD Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25

LOCATE Field Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28

Block ID Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29

Block ID Format Field Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30

Format Mode Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30

LOG SELECT Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32

LOG SENSE Field Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33

Page Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34

Log Page Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35

Log Parameter Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36

LOG Parameter Field Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36

C144-E019-03EN

xvii

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

LIST OF TABLES

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

LIST OF TABLES -CONTINUED

TABLE

TITLE

PAGE

Table 4-35.

Table 4-36.

Table 4-37.

Table 4-38.

Table 4-39.

Table 4-40.

Table 4-41.

Table 4-42.

Table 4-43.

Table 4-44.

Table 4-45.

Table 4-46.

Table 4-47.

Table 4-48.

Table 4-49.

Table 4-50.

Table 4-51.

Table 4-52.

Table 4-53.

Table 4-54.

Table 4-55.

Table 4-56.

Table 4-57.

Table 4-58.

Table 4-59.

Table 4-60.

Table 4-61.

Table 4-62.

Table 4-63.

Table 4-64.

Table 4-65.

Table 4-66.

Table 4-67.

Table 4-68.

Table 4-69.

Table 4-70.

Table 4-71.

Table 4-72.

Table 4-73.

Table 4-74.

Table 4-75.

Table 4-76.

Log Sense Page 00h, Supported Log Pages (default). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-37

Log Sense Page 00h, Supported Log Pages *. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-37

Log Sense Page 02h, Error Counter Page - Write . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-38

Log Sense Page 03h, Error Counter Page - Read . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-40

Log Sense Page 0Ch, Sequential-Access Device Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-43

Log Sense Page 31h, Track Error Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-44

LOOP WRITE TO READ Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-49

MODE SELECT Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-51

MODE SELECT Parameter List Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-52

MODE SELECT Parameter Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-52

MODE SELECT Parameter Header Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-52

Buffered Mode Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-53

Block Descriptor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-53

Block Descriptor Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-53

Page Descriptors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-54

Page Descriptor Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-54

MODE SENSE Field Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-56

PC Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-57

MODE SENSE Data Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-57

MODE SENSE Data Header Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-58

Buffered Mode Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-58

Block Descriptor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-59

MODE SELECT Parameter Header Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-59

Page Descriptors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-59

Page Descriptor Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-60

READ Field Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-63

READ BLOCK LIMITS Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-68

READ BLOCK LIMITS Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-68

READ BUFFER Field Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-70

READ BUFFER Command Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-71

Supported Buffer ID Values for Read Data Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-71

Read/Write Data Buffer Descriptor (buffer ID 0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-72

Read/Write NVRAM Descriptor (buffer ID 1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-72

Descriptor Mode Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-72

Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-73

READ POSITION Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-75

READ POSITION Return Data Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-77

Block ID Field Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-78

Format Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-78

READ REVERSE Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-80

RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Field Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-83

RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC Parameter List Length Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-84

xviii

C144-E019-03EN

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

LIST OF TABLES

LIST OF TABLES -CONTINUED

TABLE

TITLE

PAGE

Table 4-77.

Table 4-78.

Table 4-79.

Table 4-80.

Table 4-81.

Table 4-82.

Table 4-83.

Table 4-84.

Table 4-85.

Table 4-86.

Table 4-87.

Table 4-88.

Table 4-89.

Table 4-90.

Table 4-91.

Table 4-92.

Table 4-93.

Table 4-94.

Table 4-95.

Table 4-96.

Table 4-97.

Table 4-98.

Table 4-99.

Diagnostic Page Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85

Receive Diagnostic Results Page, General Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85

Page 00h - Supported Diagnostic Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85

Page 80h - Online Diagnostic Test Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-86

Page 80h Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-86

Online Diagnostic Results data Parameter List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87

Parameter List Field Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87

RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-89

RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC (FACTORY MODE) Parameter List Length Field . . . . 4-90

Diagnostic Page Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-91

Receive Diagnostic Results Page, General Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-91

Page 00h - Supported Diagnostic Pages (FACTORY MODE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-91

Page 80h - Online Diagnostic Test Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92

Page 80h Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-93

Page 81h - Online Manufacturing Diagnostic Test Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-93

Page 81h Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-94

Page 90-9Fh - Online Diagnostic Test Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-94

Page Code 90-9Fh Field Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-95

Online Diagnostic Results data Parameter List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-96

Parameter List Field Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-96

RECOVER BUFFERED DATA Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-98

RELEASE UNIT Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-101

REQUEST SENSE Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-103

Table 4-100. REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-106

Table 4-101. REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-107

Table 4-102. DENSITY SUPPORT Data Block for density 09h (18-track, standard length tape) 4-107

Table 4-103. DENSITY SUPPORT Data Block for density 28h (36-track, standard or extended

length tape) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-108

Table 4-104. REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT Data Block Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-109

Table 4-105. RESERVE UNIT Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-112

Table 4-106. REWIND Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115

Table 4-107. SEND DIAGNOSTIC Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-117

Table 4-108. SEND DIAGNOSTIC CDB Field Description Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-118

Table 4-109. Send Diagnostic Page, General Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120

Table 4-110. Diagnostic Page Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120

Table 4-111. Page 00h - Supported Diagnostic Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120

Table 4-112. Page 80h - Online Diagnostic Test Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-121

Table 4-113. Diagnostic Parameter List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-122

Table 4-114. SEND DIAGNOSTIC (FACTORY MODE) Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-124

Table 4-115. SEND DIAGNOSTIC (FACTORY MODE) CDB Field Description Overview . . . 4-125

Table 4-116. Send Diagnostic Page, General Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-127

Table 4-117. Diagnostic Page Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-127

C144-E019-03EN

xix

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

LIST OF TABLES

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

LIST OF TABLES -CONTINUED

TABLE

TITLE

PAGE

Table 4-118. Page 00h - Supported Diagnostic Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-127

Table 4-119. Page 80h - Online Diagnostic Test Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-128

Table 4-120. Page 81h - Manufacturing Online Diagnostic Test Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-129

Table 4-121. Page Code 81h Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-129

Table 4-122. Page 90-9Fh - MTU Online Diagnostic Test Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-131

Table 4-123. Page Code 90-9Fh Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-131

Table 4-124. Diagnostic Parameter List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-133

Table 4-125. SPACE Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-135

Table 4-126. Code Field Bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-135

Table 4-127. TEST UNIT READY Field Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-138

Table 4-128. WRITE Field Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-140

Table 4-129. WRITE BUFFER Field Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-145

Table 4-130. WRITE BUFFER Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-145

Table 4-131. Supported Buffer ID Values for Vendor Unique and Write Data Modes . . . . . . . . .4-146

Table 4-132. WRITE FILEMARKS Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-150

Table 4-133. WRITE FILEMARK Command Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-151

Table 5-1.

Table 5-2.

Table 5-3.

Table 5-4.

Table 5-5.

Table 5-6.

Table 5-7.

Table 5-8.

Table 5-9.

Table 5-10.

Table 5-11.

Table 5-12.

Table 5-13.

Table 5-14.

Table 5-15.

Page Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-1

Page 00 - Vendor Unique Parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2

Page 00 -Vendor Unique Parameter Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2

Page 01 - Error Recovery and Reporting Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4

Error Recovery and Reporting Parameters Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4

Valid Combinations of Error Recovery Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-6

Page 02 - Disconnect/Reconnect Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-7

Page 02 - Disconnect/Reconnect Parameters Field Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-7

Data Transfer Disconnect Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-8

Page 0Ah - Common Device-type Control Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-9

Page 0Ah - Common Device-type Control Parameters Field Description . . . . . . . . .5-9

Page 10h - Device Configuration Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-11

Page 10h - Device Configuration Parameters Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12

Density Code Settings Accepted by Mode Select Command in Default Operation. .5-15

Density Code Settings Accepted by Mode Select Command with Density Code

28h Configured . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15

Table 5-16.

Density Codes Reported by Mode Sense Command with DENSITY_CODE_28H

Configured . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15

Table 5-17.

Table 5-18.

Table 5-19.

Table 5-20.

Table 5-21.

Table 5-22.

Table 5-23.

Table 5-24.

Supported MTU VPD Page Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17

VPD Page Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17

VPD Page Format Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18

INQUIRY Data Format VPD Page 00h - Supported VPD Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19

INQUIRY Data Format VPD Page 80h - Unit Serial Number Page . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19

INQUIRY Data Format VPD Page 81h - Implemented Operating Definition Page .5-20

INQUIRY Data Format VPD Page 81h Field Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20

INQUIRY Data Format VPD Page 82h - ASCII Implemented Operating

Definition Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21

C144-E019-03EN

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

LIST OF TABLES

LIST OF TABLES -CONTINUED

TABLE

TITLE

PAGE

Table 5-25.

Table 5-26.

Table 5-27.

Table 5-28.

Table 5-29.

Table 5-30.

Table 6-1.

Table 6-2.

Table 6-3.

Table 6-4.

Table 6-5.

Table 6-6.

Table 6-7.

Table 6-8.

Table 6-9.

Table 6-10.

Table 6-11.

Table 6-12.

Table 6-13.

Table 6-14.

Table 6-15.

Table 6-16.

Table 6-17.

Table 6-18.

Table 6-19.

Table 6-20.

Table 6-21.

Table 6-22.

Table 6-23.

Table 6-24.

Table 6-25.

Table 6-26.

Table 6-27.

Table 6-28.

Table 6-29.

Table 6-30.

Table 6-31.

Table 6-32.

Table 6-33.

Table 6-34.

Table 6-35.

Table 6-36.

INQUIRY Data Format VPD Page 82h Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21

INQUIRY Data Format VPD Page C0h - Unit Usage Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22

INQUIRY Data Format VPD Page C0h Field Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22

INQUIRY Data Format VPD Page C1h - Configuration Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23

INQUIRY data format VPD Page C2h - Product Identification Page. . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24

INQUIRY Data Format VPD Page C0h Field Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24

Commands for Medium Changer Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

M2488A11 (ACL) Exchange Medium Examples. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

M2488A12 (FACL) Exchange Medium Examples. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

MODE SELECT Field Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6

Mode Select Parameter List Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8

MODE SELECT Mode Parameter Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9

Page Descriptors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9

Page Descriptor Field Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9

MODE SENSE Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11

PC Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12

MODE SENSE Data Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13

MODE SENSE Data Header Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13

Page Descriptors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13

MODE SENSE Page Descriptors Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14

MOVE MEDIUM Field Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16

XCL Allowed Moves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17

READ ELEMENT STATUS Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20

Element Type Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20

Element Addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21

Block Structure of READ ELEMENT STATUS Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21

Element Status Data Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22

Element Status Data Header Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22

Element Status Page Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23

Element Status Page Header Field Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23

Medium Transport Element Descriptor (Type Code = 1h) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24

Medium Transport Element Descriptor Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24

Storage Element Descriptor (Type Code=2h) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25

Storage Element Descriptor Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25

Import Export Element Descriptor (Type Code=3h). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26

Import Export Element Descriptor Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26

Data Transfer Element Descriptor (Type Code=4h) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27

Data Transfer Element Descriptor Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28

Allowed Source and Destination Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29

TEST UNIT READY Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30

Page Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32

Page Code 00 - Device Unique Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32

C144-E019-03EN

xxi

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

LIST OF TABLES

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

LIST OF TABLES -CONTINUED

TABLE

TITLE

PAGE

Table 6-37.

Table 6-38.

Table 6-39.

Table 6-40.

Table 6-41.

Table 6-42.

Table 6-43.

Table 6-44.

Table 6-45.

Table 6-46.

Table 6-47.

Table 6-48.

Table 6-49.

Table 6-50.

Table 6-51.

Table 6-52.

Table 6-53.

Table 6-54.

Table 6-55.

Page Code 00 - Device Unique Parameters Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-33

Mode Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-34

Eject Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-34

Operation of Cartridge Unload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-34

Cartridge Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-35

ACL Page Code 1Dh, Element Address Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-35

ACL Page Code 1Dh, Element Address Assignments Field Description . . . . . . . . .6-36

FACL Page Code 1Dh, Element Address Assignments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-36

FACL Page Code 1Dh, Element Address Assignments Field Description . . . . . . . .6-37

Page code 1Eh, Transport Geometry Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-37

Page code 1Eh, Transport Geometry Parameters Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-37

ACL Page Code 1Fh, Device Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-38

FACL Page Code 1Fh, Device Capabilities Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-39

Supported MC VPD Page Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-41

VPD Page Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-41

VPD Page Format Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-42

INQUIRY Data Format VPD Page 00h - Supported VPD Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-42

INQUIRY data format VPD Page 81h - Implemented Operating Definition Page . .6-43

INQUIRY Data Format VPD Page 82h - ASCII Implemented Operating

Definition Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-44

Table 6-56.

Table 8-1.

Table 8-2.

Table 8-3.

Table 8-4.

Table 8-5.

Table 8-6.

Table 8-7.

Table 8-8.

Table 8-9.

Table 8-10.

Table 8-11.

Table 8-12.

Table 8-13.

Table 8-14.

Table 8-15.

Table 8-16.

Table 8-17.

Table 8-18.

Table 8-19.

Table 8-20.

Table 8-21.

INQUIRY Data Format VPD Page C2h - Product Identification Page . . . . . . . . . . .6-45

Error Code 70 - Sense Format (on current command) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-4

Error Code 70 Sense Format Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-5

Error Code 71 - Sense Format (deferred error reporting). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-6

Error Code 71 Sense Format Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-7

Additional Sense Formats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-8

Format 01h Sense Information, FMT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9

Format 01h Sense Information, FMT Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9

Additional Format Error Information Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10

Format 01h Sense Information, Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-11

Format 01h Sense Information, Drive Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-11

MTC to MTU Commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-12

Format 02h Sense Information, SCSI Hardware Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-13

Format 03h Sense Information, EDRC Hardware Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-14

Format 04h Sense Information, Diagnostic Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-15

Format 04h Sense Information, Diagnostic Errors Field Description . . . . . . . . . . . .8-15

Operator Panel Top Level Menus - Diagnostics Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-17

Operator Panel Off-Line Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-19

Options Byte Field Descriptions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-24

Selftest Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-25

Page Code 80h Test Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-26

Diagnostic Microcode Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-27

xxii

C144-E019-03EN

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

LIST OF TABLES

LIST OF TABLES -CONTINUED

TABLE

TITLE

PAGE

Table 8-22.

Table 8-23.

Table 8-24.

Table 8-25.

Table 8-1.

Table 8-2.

Table 9-1.

Table A-1.

Table B-1.

Table B-2.

Table B-3.

Table C-1.

Table D-1.

Table D-2.

Table E-1.

Table E-2.

Table E-3.

Table F-1.

Table F-2.

Table F-3.

Table F-4.

Table F-5.

Table F-6.

Table F-7.

Table F-8.

Table F-9.

Table F-10.

Table F-11.

Table F-12.

Table F-13.

Table F-14.

Table F-15.

Table F-16.

Table F-17.

Table F-18.

Table F-19.

Table F-20.

Table F-21.

Table F-22.

Table F-23.

Table F-24.

Table F-25.

Operator Panel Top Level Menus - Factory Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-28

Factory Menu Options and Settings Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-29

Maintenance Interface Connector Pin Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-33

Maintenance Interface Communications Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-34

M2488 Interconnects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-38

FRUs Remove and Replace Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-42

Field Replaceable Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1

Sense Key Descriptions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1

ASC and ASCQ Description (by Sense Key) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-1

Action Advised Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-2

ASC and ASCQ Description (by ASC/ASCQ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-3

ERPA Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-1

Error Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-1

Formatter Error Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-2

CHK xx Error Code Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-1

CHK xx Error Code Replacement Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-7

Replacement Action Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-13

Diagnostic Test Registry for all Diagnostic Modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-1

Error Codes Common to all Routines/Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-6

Routine 1 - Control Store Diagnostic Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-7

Routine 2 - Interrupt Request Controller Diagnostic Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-8

Routine 3 - CP Bus Parity Diagnostic Error Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-9

Routine 4 - Read Signal Verification Processor Diagnostic Error Codes . . . . . . . . . F-14

Routine 5 - SDDP External Register Diagnostic Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-18

Routine 6 - Data Buffer Diagnostic Error Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-18

Routine 7 - SCSI Protocol Controller Diagnostic Error Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-19

Routine 8 - Formatter Counters Diagnostic Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-22

Routine 9 - PCC Timers Diagnostic Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-24

Routine 10 - EDRC Control Signals Diagnostic Error Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-25

Routine 11 - EDRC Data Buffers Diagnostic Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-32

Routine 12 - EDRC Address Bus Diagnostic Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-38

Routine 13 - EDRC Error Detection Diagnostic Error Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-44

Routine 20 - Loop Write to Read Diagnostic Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-50

Routine 50 - 4M Tones Test Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-66

Routine 51 - Incrementing Block Length Test Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-67

Routine 80 - Servo Diagnostic Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-69

Routine 80 Test 06 - Servo ACL Error Codes in Sense Byte 19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-72

Routine 80 Test 06 - Servo FACL Error Codes in Sense Byte 19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-73

Routine 81 - Manufacturing Test Diagnostic Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-74

Routine 82 - Magnetic Tape Unit Diagnostic Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-76

Routine 83 - Operator Control Panel Diagnostic Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-76

Routine 90 - Tape Drive Diagnostic Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-78

C144-E019-03EN

xxiii

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

LIST OF TABLES

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

LIST OF TABLES -CONTINUED

TABLE

TITLE

PAGE

Table G-1.

SCSI Transfer Rates for 20 MHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .G-1

xxiv

C144-E019-03EN

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER 1

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

NOTICE

SERVICE

PERSONNEL

ONLY

1-1

INTRODUCTION

This chapter contains information on installing the M2488 tape drive and optional equipment. This

chapter is divided into the follow ing major paragraphs:

1-2 PREPARING THE M 2488 AND ITS OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT

1-3 CONFIGURATIONS

1-4 UNPACKING INSTRUCTIO NS

1-5 EQUIPMENT INSPECTION

1-6 ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS

1-7 PREPARATION FOR USE

1-2

PREPARING THE M2488 AND ITS OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT

Upon receipt of your equipment, follow the procedures in the order listed below:

STEP

PROCEDURE

WHE RE?

Unpack the M2488.

Unpack the medium changer (if applicable).

Product Guide, Chapter 1, paragraph 1-4 or

User’s Guide, Chapter 2

Inspect the M2488.

Inspect the medium changer (if applicable).

Product Guide, Chapter 1, paragraph 1-5 or

User’s Guide, Chapter 2

Assemble the M2488 and medium changer (if applica-

ble).

Product Guide, Chapter 1, paragraph 1-6 or

User’s Guide, Chapter 2

Configure the M2488.

Operating the M2488.

User’s Guide, Chapter 4

User’s Guide, Chapter 5

1-3

CONFIGURATIONS

The M2488 tape drive may have a medium changer and be rack-mounted or placed on a desktop. Deter-

mine which configuration is to be used from the following tables, then refer to the indicated assembly

instructions after unpacking and inspecting the equipment.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

1-1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

1-3.1

Rack-mount

There are three configurations for the rack-mount M2488 drive. Refer to Table 1-1 for the assembly

instructions to use with your configuration.

Table 1-1. Rack-mount Configurations

ASSEMBLY

PARAGRAPH

CONFIGURATION

EQUIPMENT REQUIRED

M2488 (one or two per tray)

IPM (one per M2488)

Terminator (may be required)

TOOLS

M2488

Phillips screw-

driver

1-6.1

1-6.2

1-6.3

1-6.5

AC Power Cable (110 or 220 VAC, one per M2488)

Rack-mount tray

Front panel for one M2488 or front panel for two M2488s

M2488 with ACL

M2488 (one or two per tray)

IPM (one per M2488)

Terminator (may be required)

AC Power Cable (110 or 220 VAC, one per M2488)

ACL

Phillips screw-

driver

Allen wrench

1-6.1

1-6.2

1-6.3

1-6.5

1-6.6

Rack-mount tray for M2488 with ACL

Front panel for one M2488 with ACL or front panel for

two M2488s with ACLs

5 or 10-Cartridge Magazine

M2488 with FACL

M2488 (one or two per tray)

IPM (one per M2488)

Terminator (may be required)

FACL

AC Power Cable (110 or 220 VAC, one per M2488)

Rack-mount tray for M2488 with FACL

Front panel for one M2488 with FACL or front panel for

two M2488s with FACLs.

Phillips screw-

driver

Allen wrench

1-6.1

1-6.2

1-6.3

1-6.5

1-6.7

7-Cartridge Magazine (one per FACL)

1-2

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1-3.2

Desktop

There are three desktop configurations for the M2488 drive. Refer to Table 1-2 for the assembly

instructions to use with your configuration.

Table 1-2. Desktop Configurations

ASSEMBLY

PARAGRAPH

CONFIGURATION

EQUIPMENT REQUIRED

TOOLS

M2488

IPM

Phillips #2

screwdriver

1-6.1

1-6.2

1-6.3

1-6.4

Terminator (may be required)

AC Power Cable (110 or 220 VAC)

M2488 with ACL

M2488

IPM

Phillips #2

screwdriver

5mm, 8 in. long

Allen wrench

1-6.1

1-6.2

1-6.3

1-6.5

1-6.6

Terminator (may be required)

ACL

AC Power Cable (110 or 220 VAC)

Optional Support base for M2488 with ACL (5 or

10-cartridge size)

5 or 10-Cartridge Magazine

M2488 with FACL

M2488

IPM

Phillips #2

screwdriver

5mm, 8 in. long

Allen wrench

1-6.1

1-6.2

1-6.3

1-6.5

1-6.7

Terminator (may be required)

FACL

AC Power Cable (110 or 220 VAC)

7-Cartridge Magazine

Optional Support base for M2488 with FACL

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

1-3

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

1-4

UNPACKING INSTRUCTIONS

Use the following procedures to unpack the M2488 tape drive and its optional equipment. When the

equipment is unpacked, proceed to the inspection procedures in paragraph 1-5.

1-4.1

Unpack the M2488 Tape Drive

Unpack the M2488 tape drive as described below.

M2488

** NOTE **

The model shown is a M2488 without an ACL or FACL attached.

1. Carefully remove the M2488 from the packing material as shown in the figure above.

2. Place the tape drive on a flat work surface.

3. Verify contents of package to the packing list.

4. Retain packing material for future use.

5. Continue with unpacking the medium changer (if applicable) or inspect the equipment.

1-4

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1-4.2

Unpack the Automatic Cartridge Loader

Unpack the ACL as described below.

ACL

1. Carefully remove the ACL from the packing material and place on flat work surface.

2. Verify contents of package and accessory kit to the packing list.

3. Retain packing material for future use.

4. Continue with the equipment inspection instructions.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

1-5

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

1-4.3

Unpack the Flush-mounted Automatic Cartridge Loader

Unpack the FACL as described below.

FACL

1. Carefully remove the FACL from the packing material and place on flat work surface.

2. Verify contents of package and the accessory kit to the packing list.

3. Remove packing material from the inside of the FACL. Press PUSH on the front panel to open

door. Press PUSH on the magazine tray and remove packing. Press PUSH again to close the

magazine tray, then press PUSH on the front panel to close door.

4. Retain packing material for future use.

5. Continue with the equipment inspection instructions.

1-6

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1-5

EQUIPMENT INSPECTION

After unpacking, inspect the equipment. If any damage is found, note the type of damage and location.

Also note any damage to the packing container. Contact your carrier for further instructions for han-

dling the damaged equipment.

1-5.1

Inspect the M2488 Tape Drive

• Visually examine the chassis for dents and cracks.

Upon completion, inspect the medium changer, if applicable, or continue with the assembly instruc-

tions.

1-5.2

1-5.3

Inspect the ACL

• Visually examine the chassis for dents and cracks.

Upon completion, continue with the assembly instructions.

Inspect the FACL

• Visually examine the chassis for dents and cracks.

• Check the door lock by pressing on the lock lever and opening the door.

• Check the carrier movement by rotating the carrier knob. Refer to the Controls and Indicators sec-

tion in Chapter 3 of the User’s Guide for the location of the knob.

Upon completion, continue with the assembly instructions.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

1-7

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

1-6

ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS

These paragraphs describe the assembly and installation of the M2488 tape drive and of the optional

equipment. Use the following flowchart to determine which procedures are applicable to your equip-

ment configuration. The paragraph number for the procedure is listed in the flowchart with the proce-

dure title.

Installation Procedures

General Instructions 1-6.1

ACL Installation

1-6.6

ACL (if unattached)

FACL (if unattached)

FACL Installation

1-6.7

ACL or

FACL?

No ACL/FACL or

ACL/FACL already

attached

Prepare the M2488 Tape Drive

1-6.6.1

Prepare the M2488 Tape Drive

1-6.7.1

Prepare the ACL 1-6.6.2

Prepare the FACL 1-6.7.2

Connect the M2488 and ACL

1-6.6.3

Connect the M2488 and FACL

1-6.7.3

Install IPM 1-6.2

Desktop or

Rackmount ?

Desktop Instructions

1-6.4

Rackmount

Desktop

Rackmount Instructions

1-6.5

Connect cables and power cord

1-6.3

Configure the drive 1-7

1-8

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1-6.1

General Installation and Assembly Instructions

Air Flow and Service Clearances

1-6.1.1

Allow a gap of 50 mm (2 inches) at the rear of the drive for heat dissipation.

Allow a 620 mm (24 inches) servicing area to the rear, with drive extended, for rack-mounted

drives.

1-6.2

Interface Personality Module Installation

** NOTE **

Prior to assembly, ensure all SCSI cables and power cords have

been disconnected. The M2488 should be placed as near as possi-

ble to the main AC outlet.

Installation of the IPM is described below.

IPM

Figure 1-1. IPM Installation

STEP ACTION

Insert the IPM, component side down, into the circuit board at the rear of the M2488. See Figure 1-1.

Insert and tighten two screws on the IPM.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

1-9

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

1-6.3

Cable and Power Connections

Installation of the SCSI cables and power cord are described in the following paragraphs. The SCSI

connectors are described in the User’s Guide, Chapter 1.

** NOTE **

1. Cable and power connections should only be made upon comple-

tion of the M2488 hardware setup to include attachment of optional

equipment. Use the appropriate assembly procedures for the desired

option.

2. Both SCSI connectors on the IPM must be connected. The con-

nection may be either two SCSI cables or one SCSI cable and one

Terminator.

See Figure 1-2.

STEP ACTION

Attach SCSI cable to one of the SCSI connectors on the IPM (which of the two

connectors is not important).

Attach the Terminator or the second SCSI cable to the other SCSI connector

on the IPM.

Connect power cord.

Figure 1-2. Cable and Power Connections

1-10

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1-6.4

Desktop Installation Instructions

Use the procedure below for your configuration. When completed, continue with paragraph 1-6.3.

1-6.4.1

Tools Required

The following tools are required to install the M2488 in a desktop configuration:

Phillips screwdriver

Flat-head screwdriver

1-6.4.2

1-6.4.3

Tape Drive Only

If the two foot rails were removed, reattach and place drive in prepared location.

Drive with ACL Attached (5-Cartridge Magazine)

Use this procedure if the M2488 with attached ACL is to be used with a support base for a 5-car-

tridge magazine. Figure 1-3 shows the M2488 with an attached ACL in a desktop model.

STEP ACTION

Attach both foot rails to the M2488 with the four screws.

Place the M2488 with attached ACL into the support base.

Insert the projections of the rear bracket into the gap on each foot rail. Attach rear bracket with

two screws through the rear of the support base.

Figure 1-3. Drive with ACL (5-cartridge) Desktop Configuration

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

1-11

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

1-6.4.4

Drive with ACL Attached (10-Cartridge Magazine)

Use this procedure if the M2488 with attached ACL is to be used with a base for a 10-cartridge

magazine.

STEP ACTION

Place the support base onto the M2488A41 (10-cartridge base) and attach with the four

screws. See Figure 1-4.

For additional stability, attach the rubber feet and two metal brackets on the bottom of the

M2488A41 as shown in Figure 1-5 on page 1-13.

Place the drive with ACL on the support base. Move the drive forward and attach to the pro-

jections on the support base. See Figure 1-6 on page 1-13 and Figure 1-7 on page 1-14.

Insert the projections of the rear bracket into the gap on each foot rail. Attach rear bracket with

two screws through the rear of the support base. See Figure 1-8 on page 1-14.

Figure 1-4. Attaching Bases

1-12

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

Figure 1-5. Stability Brackets

Figure 1-6. Drive Placement

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

1-13

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

Figure 1-7. Drive Positioning

Figure 1-8. Rear Bracket Attachment

1-14

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1-6.4.5

Drive with FACL Attached

Figure 1-9 shows the M2488 with an attached FACL in a desktop model.

Figure 1-9. M2488 with FACL in Desktop Model

Use the following procedure to insert the M2488 with attached FACL into the desktop model.

Refer to Figure 1-10 through Figure 1-12 during performance of this procedure.

STEP ACTION

Insert the M2488 with FACL into the bottom base. Attach through bottom of base into bottom

of M2488 and FACL with eight screws. See Figure 1-10.

Place the desktop cover over the M2488 and FACL. See Figure 1-11.

Tighten the eight screws into the sides of the bottom base.

Place rear cover over back opening and tighten with four screws. See Figure 1-12.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

1-15

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

bottom

base

Figure 1-10. Attach to Bottom Base

1-16

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

desktop cover

Figure 1-11. Desktop Model Top Covers

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

1-17

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

rear cover

Figure 1-12. Desktop Model Rear Cover

1-18

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1-6.5

Rack-Mount Installation

This procedure is for mounting the M2488 tape drive, with or without a medium changer, in the rack-

mount tray.

****************

CAUTION

****************

The weight of the equipment may exceed 10kg, use caution when

mounting the tape drive and medium changer. Installation may

require two or more service personnel.

** NOTE **

Use M4 x 6mm length screws to mount the M2488 on the rack-

mounting tray.

1-6.5.1

1-6.5.2

Tools Required

The following tools are required to install the M2488 in a rack-mount configuration:

Phillips screwdriver

Hex wrench (M4)

Flat-head screwdriver

Adjust the Guide Plate

Refer to Figure 1-13 and Figure 1-14 for this procedure.

For a single drive configuration, the guide plate must be mounted as the guide for the inner cover

on the drive mounting side. The drive must be mounted on the right side and use the optional front

panel.

For a two drive configuration, the guide plate is not used.

Inner Cover Mounted to Mounting Tray

See Figure 1-13 (A).

1-6.5.2.1

STEP ACTION

Insert the inner cover from the front of the mounting tray and push it into the tray until the

stopper is locked.

Align the round bump at the center of the guide plate with the hole of the inner cover. Use two

bolts to attach guide plate.

1-6.5.2.2

Inner Cover NOT Mounted to Mounting Tray

See Figure 1-13 (B).

STEP ACTION

Remove the inner cover from the mounting tray.

Align the round bump at the center of the guide plate with the hole of the mounting tray. Use

two bolts to attach guide plate.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

1-19

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

Figure 1-13. Guide Plate Installation

1-6.5.3

Screw Plate Mounting

See Figure 1-14.

STEP ACTION

Each screw plate has nine holes. Mount the screw plate so that the big hole is up.

Attach 4 screw plates (g) to the rear of each pole of the rack with two screws (i -SBD-5x2S-M-

NI1A) in the top and bottom holes.

1-6.5.4

Attach Mounting Tray

See Figure 1-14.

NOTE: When the mounting hole of the rack is a screw hole, remove the positioning pins at both

the left and right sides of the tray (d) with a screwdriver.

STEP ACTION

Insert mounting tray (d) into the 19-inch rack and attach the front with six screws (j - SW2NA-

5x12S-M-NI1A).

Attach 2 brackets (f) to both the left and right sides of the tray (d) with six screws (k).

Attach brackets (f) to the left and right rear poles of the rack with eight screws (j) and tighten.

1-20

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

Figure 1-14. 19-inch Rack-mount Kit Installation

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

1-21

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

1-6.5.5

Adjust the Brackets

The length of the bracket is adjusted according to length ‘L’ between the front and rear poles of the

19-inch rack. To adjust the length of the bracket, exchange the left and right brackets (as shown in

Figure 1-15) or replace the brackets with longer brackets.

Figure 1-15. Bracket Adjustment

1-22

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1-6.5.6

Install the M2488 or M2488 with Medium Changer on the Mounting Tray

Refer to Figure 1-14, Figure 1-16 through Figure 1-19 for this procedure.

NOTE: Before inserting, confirm that the inner cover is on the U-type slit of the mounting tray.

STEP ACTION

If a single drive is used, it must be mounted on the right side.

Remove the two foot rails from the drive (if installed).

Attach drive to the inner cover with four screws (p -CG001901-002).

If attached, the FACL should be flush with the front of the inner cover.

Attach the rear of the drive with one screw (r - SW3NA-3x12S-M-NI1A) through the L-type

bracket.

Use the correct faceplate (optional) for either a single or dual drives and attach to drives.

M2488

M2488 drive

Inner Cover

Mounting Tray

Front Panel

Figure 1-16. M2488 Tray Mounting

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

1-23

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

Figure 1-17. M2488 with ACL Tray Mounting

Inner Cover

Screws

Figure 1-18. Mount FACL to Inner Cover

1-24

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

Front Panel

Mounting tray

Screws

Figure 1-19. FACL Face Plate

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

1-25

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

1-6.6

Installation of the Automatic Cartridge Loader

Perform the installation procedure for the ACL in the order presented in the following flowchart. The

paragraph for each procedure is included in the flowchart. Equipment and tools required for installa-

tion are listed in Table 1-3.

Table 1-3. Equipment and Tools Required for ACL Installation

EQUIPMENT

ACL

PART NUMBER

QUANTITY

DESCRIPTION

B03B-5400-H011A

Automatic Cartridge Loader

Used for attachment to drive

Attaches between ACL and drive

Allen bolts

Part of ACL accessory kit

Part of ACL accessory kit.

Grounding plate

Phillips #2 screwdriver

Allen wrench (5mm)

8 inches long

** NOTE **

1. ACL versions A0 through B6 are incompatible with the M2488 and

should not be attached to this drive.

2. The M2488 should be powered off and all cables and cords dis-

connected prior to performing this installation procedure. Follow

standard procedures and cautions used when handling electronic

equipment.

ACL Installation

Prepare the M2488 Tape Drive

1-6.6.1

Prepare the ACL

1-6.6.2

Connect the M2488 and ACL

1-6.6.3

1-6.3

1-26

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1-6.6.1

Prepare the M2488 Tape Drive

Refer to Figure 1-20, Figure 8-6 and Figure 8-7 during performance of this procedure.

STEP ACTION

Remove two screws from each of the foot rails on the bottom of the drive, then remove the foot

rails. See Figure 8-7.

Remove the top cover by removing the two screws from the left and right side, and the two screws

on the rear. Pull the cover up from the rear and slide backwards. See Figure 8-6.

****************

CAUTION

****************

Remove the top cover by lifting the front of the top cover BEFORE sliding it

backwards. Ensure that the cover does not catch on the components on the

PCBA under the top cover.

Remove the four screws from the sides of the front panel, then gently pull the front panel forward.

Disconnect the operator panel cable from the front panel.

Remove the two screws holding the panel bracket, then pull off the panel bracket.

Figure 1-20. Prepare the M2488 Tape Drive

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

1-27

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

1-6.6.2

Prepare the ACL

Refer to Figure 1-21 during performance of this procedure.

STEP ACTION

Remove two screws (on the bottom front corners) from the ACL top cover.

Push down and hold the cover release bar while pulling up and slightly moving the top cover for-

ward. When the cover has cleared the hook on the top rear of the cover (behind the cover

release), continue to pull forward then up.

Remove the four screws from the bottom of the ACL and gently lift the ACL mechanism from

the base.

Bar

Figure 1-21. Prepare the ACL

1-28

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1-6.6.3

Connect the M2488 and the ACL

Refer to Figure 1-22 through Figure 1-25 during performance of this procedure.

STEP ACTION

Place the grounding plate on the front of the M2488 (replaces the front panel). See Figure 1-22.

Attach the ACL base to the front of the M2488 using the three Allen screws.

Pull operator panel cable through small hole on base.

Slide the ACL mechanism into the base. Leave slightly forward for cable connection.

Refer to Figure 1-23 and Figure 1-24. Connect the cable to the ACL operator panel cable. Tuck

connector into hole in base. Remove protective sheet from adhesive tape inside the ACL base and

press the operator panel cable to the tape.

Attach the interface cable between the connector on the rear of the ACL and the connector on the

front of the M2488.

Push the mechanism all the way to the rear of the base. Insert the four screws through the ACL

base into the ACL mechanism and tighten.

Replace the ACL cover and tighten the two bottom corner screws (see Figure 1-25).

Replace the M2488 top cover and tighten the six screws.

Figure 1-22. Connect the M2488 and the ACL Base

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

1-29

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

excess cable

Figure 1-23. Attach Operator Panel Cable to ACL Base

Interface Cable

Figure 1-24. Attach the ACL Mechanism

1-30

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

Figure 1-25. Replace Covers

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

1-31

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

1-6.7

Installation of the Flush-mount Automatic Cartridge Loader

** NOTE **

Use caution when handling the FACL. The cleaning cell protrudes

from the rear of the FACL and could be damaged by mishandling.

DO NOT use for lifting.

Refer to Table 1-4 for a list of equipment required to install the FACL on the M2488 tape drive. The

following flowchart illustrations the sequence of installation.

Table 1-4. Equipment and Tools Required for FACL Installation

EQUIPMENT

FACL

PART NUMBER

CA01032-B001

QUANTITY

DESCRIPTION

Flush-mounted medium changer

Used for attachment to drive

Allen bolts

Part of FACL accessory kit

Part of FACL accessory kit.

Grounding plate

Phillips #2 screwdriver

Allen wrench (5mm)

Attaches between FACL and drive

8 inches long

** NOTE **

The M2488 should be powered off and all cables and cords discon-

nected prior to performing this installation procedure. Follow stan-

dard procedures and cautions used when handling electronic

equipment.

FACL Installation

Prepare the M2488 Tape Drive

1-6.7.1

Prepare the FACL

1-6.7.2

Connect the M2488 and FACL

1-6.7.3

1-6.3

1-32

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1-6.7.1

Prepare the M2488 Tape Drive

Refer to Figure 1-26 during performance of this procedure.

STEP ACTION

Remove the bottom, and the left and right side covers. See Figure 8-7.

Remove the top cover by removing the two screws from the left and right side, and the two screws

on the rear. Pull the front of the cover up and slide backwards. See Figure 8-6.

****************

CAUTION

****************

Remove the top cover by lifting the front of the top cover BEFORE sliding it

backwards. Ensure that the cover does not catch on the components on the

PCBA under the top cover.

Remove the four screws from the sides of the front panel, then gently pull the front panel forward.

Disconnect the operator panel cable from the front panel.

Remove the two screws holding the panel bracket, then pull off the panel bracket.

Figure 1-26. Prepare the M2488 Tape Drive

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

1-33

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

1-6.7.2

Prepare the FACL

Refer to Figure 1-27 and Figure 1-28 during performance of this procedure.

STEP ACTION

Remove the two screws from each of the covers.

Pull up on the two top cover halves and remove.

Pull the two cables, CNJ24 and CNJ28, through the square hole on the lower right rear of the

FACL. See Figure 1-28 for location.

Figure 1-27. Prepare the FACL

1-34

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

Figure 1-28. FACL Rear

Connect the M2488 and the FACL

1-6.7.3

Refer to Figure 1-29 and Figure 1-30 during performance of this procedure.

STEP ACTION

Insert the grounding plate at the front of the M2488 drive as shown in Figure 1-29.

Connect the cable CNJ24 and CNJ28 to the M2488 connectors CNP24 and CNP28. Route the

CNJ24 cable through the inside of the corner post on the M2488. See Figure 1-30.

Align the positioning projections on the M2488 to the holes on the rear of the FACL. Attach the

three Allen bolts through the inside of the FACL into the grounding plate and tighten.

Replace the top covers on the FACL. Tighten four screws to hold the covers in place.

Replace the top cover on the M2488. Tighten the four screws to hold the cover in place. See

Figure 1-31.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

1-35

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

Grounding plate

Figure 1-29. Connect the M2488 and the FACL

CNP24

CNJ24

Figure 1-30. Cable Connection

1-36

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

Figure 1-31. Replace Top Covers

1-7

PREPARATION FOR USE

See the User’s Guide for configuration information.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

1-37

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

DESIGN ARCHITECTURE

CHAPTER 2

DESIGN ARCHITECTURE

2-1

2-2

INTRODUCTION

This chapters provides information on the principles of operation of the M2488 tape drive. This chapter

begins with a a high level description of the M2488, then progresses to a more detailed description of

the individual circuits. Refer to the appro priate paragraphs for the necessary level of detail.

2-2 OPERATION OF THE M2488

2-3 OPERATION OF THE MAGNETIC TAPE CONTROLLER (MTC)

2-4 OPERATION OF THE MAGNETIC TAPE UNIT (MTU)

OPERATION OF THE M2488

The following paragraphs describe the operation of the M2488. Refer to the block diagram in Figure 2-

DMD

PCA-RDL

READ CIRCUIT

HEAD

SCSI BUS

RS-232

IPM

PCA-DTC

PCA-WTL

WRITE CIRCUIT

WDATA

CP_BUS

PCA-DVL

PCA-OP

RS-232

PCA-SVL

Figure 2-1. M2488 Block Diagram

The M2488 is a highly reliable, compact tape unit using IBM 3490/349E compatible half-inch tape car-

tridges. It is fully contained with the power supply integrated into the compact 8-inch form factor. The

M2488 architecture consists of the magnetic tape controller (MTC) which performs the host interface,

data buffering, compression, and formatter functions and the magnetic tape unit (MTU) that performs

the mechanical control and read/write functions. Descriptions of the MTC and MTU are presented in

the following sections.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

2-1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DESIGN ARCHITECTURE

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

2-3

OPERATION OF THE MAGNETIC TAPE CONTROLLER (MTC)

The DTC PCA contains all of the MTC (Magnetic Tape Controller) logic in a highly integrated imple-

mentation. This double-sided PCBA has extensive VLSI for reduced cost and increased reliability. The

M2488 uses one of four Interface Personality Modules (IPM) to configure the SCSI-2 interface for the

four combinations of wide or narrow and differential or single-ended operation.

The main functions contained on the DTC PCBA include:

1) Main Processor with all associated memory and support logic

2) Full SCSI-2 interface with RISC-based SCSI Protocol Controller (SPC)

3) 20 MB/s Host data path with EDRC logic

4) 2 MB Data Buffer

5) MTU (Formatter) digital read/write logic.

The processes performed by the DTC involve coordination of M2488 operation by the Main Processor

(CP):

- High-level SCSI I/F control of SPC

- Full control of data transfers on Host and MTU Data Paths

- Active Data Buffer management

- High-level control of MTU servo (tape motion)

Refer to the block diagram in Figure 2-2.

2-3.1

Data Path

The M2488 data path has been designed to allow data transfers up to a rate of 10Mbyte/s on a single

or two-byte wide SCSI interface and data transfers up to 20 Mbyte/s across a two-byte bus into the

controller buffer.

The SPC used is the Fujitsu MB86603 which is a fast and wide capable protocol controller intended

for high-performance systems. This controller operates in target mode and supports synchronous or

asynchronous data transfers. Performance enhancing features of the MB86603 are:

1) Programmable commands (512 bytes internal program memory).

2) Data FIFO register (64 bytes).

3) Automatic selection, reselection retry, and attention handling (e.g. combined sequences that

allow hardware to handle all SCSI protocols up through CDB acquisition).

4) Support of high-level commands.

Various data transfer rates can be set by programming the SPC internally from the default clock rate

of 20 MHz or an alternate 30 MHz clock.

2-3.2

Data Buffer

The remaining data path functions; host interface logic, host packet processor, buffer function con-

trol, and formatter packet processor; have been combined into a single data path LSI (SDDP). Buffer

performance has also been greatly enhanced. The SDDP buffer function control supports a three port

buffer with a 32 Mbyte/s bandwidth and 20 MHz clock. This allows 20 Mbyte/s data transfer rate on

the host port, up to 10 Mbyte/s burst transfers on the formatter port, and a microprocessor port over-

head up to 2 Mbyte/s. The host port is two bytes wide and the formatter port is a single byte wide.

The SDDP can support up to 8 Mbyte of buffer memory with a standard size of 2 Mbyte for the

M2488.

2-3.3

ERDC Compression Feature

Compression is performed by an improved design EDRC chip set prior to the data buffer. Placement

of compression before the buffer effectively extends buffer capacity by a factor equal to the average

compression rate. It also allows packet headers, which contain compression information for the entire

2-2

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

DESIGN ARCHITECTURE

DATA BUFFER

WITH EDRC

FORMATTER

WRITE

FORMATTING

HEAD

WFMT

4- 256K x 18

DRAM

LOGIC

SCSI

PROTOCOL

CONTROLLER

SCSI

DRIVERS

RECEIVERS

AXP

MB86603

SDDP

SN75LBC976

READ

HEAD

LOGIC

DSKW

(SGC)

FIFO SRAM

SRAM

RCTL

32K x 16

(SGD)

PROCESSOR

COMPANION

CHIP

MICROPROCESSOR

(RSVP Controller)

MB86930

FLASH

SPARC lite

NVRAM

PCC

DRAM

MB8486A

8k x 8

2 - 256K x 18

(1 Mbyte CS)

MA SK-

ROM

RS232

DRV/RCV

2 x 512K x 8

Figure 2-2. DTC PCA Block Diagram

packet, to be built without requiring additional buffering. Data buffering increases overall perfor-

mance by allowing data streaming since the buffer can mask or eliminate some tape repositions.

The EDRC chip set consists of a compression engine (CE), a decompression engine (DE), and a data

control function (SG). The SG LSI is used twice in the design, once each for the CE and DE. The

complete chip set is designed to operate at the full data path rate of 20 MB/s. In addition, The com-

pression SG input FIFO is 64k bytes for compression data caching. If compression retries are ever

required, retries can automatically be performed without host intervention.

2-3.4

Microprocessor Control

A 20MHz MB68930 Sparc-lite MPU is the single Control Processor (CP) used for the controller

requirements. The controller CP communicates directly to the drive servo CP via dual-port RAM.

The RSVP (Read Signal Verification Processor) is a 10 Mhz, 24-bit, fixed instruction sequencer that

is embedded inside the PCC (Processor Companion Chip). It requires less than 4200 basic cells of the

22,800 cells in the PCC. The RSVP provides the dedicated formatter signal processing needed to

support the CP with the time critical formatter control. It allows the controller firmware architecture

to use event driven multi-tasking for the CP code and allow the RSVP to handle dedicated read signal

polling. The RSVP presents interrupts to the CP based on drive read interface signals which are pre-

processed; polled, monitored, filtered, and conditioned as required.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

2-3

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DESIGN ARCHITECTURE

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

2-3.5

Firmware

The M2488 microcode is partitioned into functional modules and stored in mask ROM and flash

memory. The code partitions serve to minimize communication paths within the code structure and to

segregate functions dealing with the host interface from those dealing with generic tape operation.

The mask ROM provides a resident code version for power-on and code download. New code ver-

sions are downloaded into flash memory from the host SCSI interface or from tape. After power-on,

control store for all processors is loaded from flash memory if valid. If invalid, the mask ROM code is

used for recovery.

The core microcode is a multi-tasking operating system (OS) allowing a configurable number of

tasks. The present design allows a total of thirty two active tasks; four fixed tasks and twenty-eight

SCSI tasks. This custom OS allows functions to run until a resource is unavailable, places itself into a

suspended state until the resource becomes available, and then proceeds with execution. Many over-

lapped operations are possible because of a sophisticated interrupt structure. Servo, formatter, main-

tenance, and SCSI events are signalled via interrupts which in turn initiate processes via the OS to

service the events. Signals generated from the read detection circuitry are given highest priority by

polling them with the read signal verification processor (RSVP) embedded in the PCC LSI.

2-4

OPERATION OF THE MAGNETIC TAPE UNIT (MTU)

The magnetic tape unit consists of the read and write head, all mechanical assemblies (loader assembly,

threader assembly, and servo motors), and five printed circuit assemblies that perform the following

functions:

1) DVL PCA - control processor and logic for all servo and mechanical control functions. and oper-

ator panel control processor. A logical block diagram for the DVL is shown in Figure 2-3. The

interface and control logic is integrated into the MMCL LSI (denoted by the dotted line in the

block diagram).

2) OP PCA - contains the M2488 unit operator panel and associated drive circuitry

3) SVL PCA - contains servo control circuitry including I/O registers, control logic LSI, PWM con-

trol, and control DAC.

4) WTL PCA - contains the write drive circuits.

5) RDL PCA - contains the read analog circuits.

Other features of the MTU are described in the following sections.

2-4.1

Airless Tape Path

The M2488 has been able to realize an airless tape path while maintaining excellent reliability. This

system removes the failure-prone pump and pack arm assemblies with an improved roller guide tape

path. One new roller guide has been added that replaces the pack arm to keep tape aligned with the

tape machine reel. Alignment of tape with the head is accomplished with two roller guides as in pre-

vious models. During running, a slight air film is produced between the head and tape which prevents

direct contact. A patrol reposition function has been added that periodically moves the tape to prevent

any problem when tape is not moving.

The reel motor of the M2488 has also been changed to dramatically improve tape reposition time and

access times.

2-4

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

DESIGN ARCHITECTURE

PCA-DVL

Servo Proc

68000

ROM

MMCL

8752

PCA-OP

OP...PANEL

Figure 2-3. DVL PCA Block Diagram

2-4.2

Read and Write Electronics

The read circuits for the M2488 utilize fifteen analog LSI that were developed for the M2483. These

components have been field proven to be a stable and low cost design.

The write circuits of the M2488 use enhanced head driver ICs developed with the latest semiconduc-

tor technology. This technology allows the integration of six write channels (tracks) into one chip.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

2-5

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DESIGN ARCHITECTURE

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

2-6

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

SCSI MESSAGES

CHAPTER 3

SCSI MESSAGES

3-1

3-2

INTRODUCTION

Chapters 3 through 6 are the Host Interface Specification for the M2488.

This chapter describes the messages for the M2488 tape drive and the medium changers. The following

information is located in this chapter:

3-2 M2488 TAPE AND MEDIUM CHANGER SCSI MESSAGES

3-3 SCSI BUS STATUS

M2488 TAPE AND MEDIUM CHANGER SCSI MESSAGES

Table 3-1 describes the SCSI messages used with the M2488. For more detailed information on the

SCSI message, refer to the paragraph listed in the PARAGRAPH column.

Table 3-1. M2488 SCSI Messages

CODE

MESSAGE

DESCRIPTION

PARAGRAPH

Indicates the execution of a command has termi-

nated and valid status was sent to the initiator.

00h

01h

COMMAND COMPLETE

EXTENDED MESSAGE

3-2.3 on page 3-2

3-2.5 on page 3-3

Sent as the first byte of a multiple-byte message.

Directs the initiator to save a copy of the present

02h

SAVE DATA POINTER

active data pointer for the currently attached log- 3-2.15 on page 3-9

ical unit.

Restores the most recently saved pointers (for the

3-2.14 on page 3-9

03h

04h

RESTORE POINTERS

DISCONNECT

currently attached logical unit) to the active state.

Informs the initiator that the present physical

3-2.4 on page 3-2

path is going to be broken.

05h

06h

INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR

ABORT

Informs a target an error has occurred.

3-2.8 on page 3-8

3-2.1 on page 3-2

Sent to the target to clear the present operation.

Indicates the last message received was inappro-

priate or was not implemented.

07h

08h

09h

0Ah

MESSAGE REJECT

3-2.12 on page 3-8

3-2.13 on page 3-9

3-2.11 on page 3-8

3-2.9 on page 3-8

Sent in response to a target’s request for a mes-

sage when the initiator does not currently have

any other valid message to send.

NO OPERATION

Indicates one or more bytes in the last message,

received by the initiator, had a parity error.

MESSAGE PARITY ERROR

Indicates to the initiator that the completion and

execution of a linked command and status was

sent.

LINKED COMMAND COM-

PLETE

Indicates to the initiator that the completion and

execution of a linked command with the flag bit

set to 1 and status was sent.

LINKED COMMAND COM-

PLETE (with flag)

0Bh

3-2.10 on page 3-8

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

3-1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

SCSI MESSAGES

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

Table 3-1. M2488 SCSI Messages (Continued)

CODE

MESSAGE

BUS DEVICE RESET

DESCRIPTION

PARAGRAPH

Directs the target to clear all current commands

on that SCSI device.

0Ch

3-2.2 on page 3-2

Sent to an initiator to indicate the number of

valid bytes sent during the last REQ/ACK hand-

shake and REQB/ACKB handshake of a DATA

IN phase is less than the negotiated transfer

width.

23h

IGNORE WIDE RESIDUE

3-2.7 on page 3-7

Sent to establish the physical path connection

between an initiator and target for a particular

logical unit.

80h-

FFh

IDENTIFY

3-2.6 on page 3-7

3-2.1

ABORT code 06h

This message is sent from the initiator to the target to clear the present operation.

If a logical unit has been identified, all pending data and status for the issuing initiator from the

affected logical unit are cleared, and the target goes to the BUS FREE phase. Pending data and status

for other initiators are not cleared. If a logical unit is not identified, the target goes to the BUS FREE

phase. No status or ending message is sent for the operation. It is not an error to issue this message to

a logical unit that is not currently performing an operation for the initiator.

3-2.2

3-2.3

BUS DEVICE RESET code 0Ch

This message is sent from an initiator to direct a target to clear all current commands on that SCSI

device.

This message forces the SCSI device to an initial state with no operations pending for any initiator.

Upon recognizing this message, the target goes to the BUS FREE phase.

COMMAND COMPLETE code 00h

This message is sent from a target to an initiator to indicate the execution of a command or a series of

linked commands has terminated and valid status was sent to the initiator.

After successfully sending this message, the target goes to the BUS FREE phase by releasing BSY.

The target considers the message transmission to be successful when it detects the negation of ACK

for the COMMAND COMPLETE message with the ATN signal false.

** NOTE **

The command may have been executed successfully or unsuccess-

fully as indicated in the status.

3-2.4

DISCONNECT code 04h

This message is sent from a target to inform the initiator that the present physical path is going to be

broken (the target plans to disconnect by releasing BSY), but a later reconnect is required in order to

complete the current operation.

This message does not cause the initiator to save the data pointer. After successfully sending this

message, the target goes to the BUS FREE phase by releasing BSY. The target considers the message

transmission to be successful when it detects the negation of ACK for the DISCONNECT message

with the ATN signal false.

3-2

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

SCSI MESSAGES

3-2.5

EXTENDED MESSAGE FORMAT code 01h

This message is sent from either the initiator or the target as the first byte of a multiple-byte message.

LENGTH

(BYTES)

CODE

MESSAGE

01h

03h

Synchronous Data Transfer Request

Wide Data Transfer Request

3-2.5.1

Synchronous Data Transfer Request (SDTR)

BITS

BYTES

Extended Message (01h)

Extended Message Length (03h)

SYNCHRONOUS DATA TRANSFER REQUEST code (01h)

Transfer Period Factor

REQ/ACK Offset

A SYNCHRONOUS DATA TRANSFER REQUEST (SDTR) message exchange is initiated by a

SCSI device whenever a previously arranged data transfer agreement may have become invalid.

The agreement becomes invalid after any condition which may leave the data transfer agreement

in an indeterminate state such as:

a) after a hard reset condition;

b) after a BUS DEVICE RESET message and;

c) after a power cycle.

In addition, a SCSI device may initiate an SDTR message exchange whenever it is appropriate to

negotiate a new data transfer agreement (either synchronous or asynchronous). SCSI devices that

are capable of synchronous data transfers shall not respond to an SDTR message with a MES-

SAGE REJECT message.

Renegotiation at every selection is not recommended, since a significant performance impact is

likely.

The SDTR message exchange establishes the permissible transfer periods and the REQ/ACK off-

sets for all logical units and target routines on the two devices. This agreement only applies to

data phases.

Byte 3: The transfer period factor times four is the value of the transfer period. The transfer period

is the minimum time allowed between leading edges of successive REQ pulses and of successive

ACK pulses to meet the device requirements for successful reception of data.

Byte 4: The REQ/ACK offset is the maximum number of REQ pulses allowed to be outstanding

before the leading edge of its corresponding ACK pulse is received at the target. This value is cho-

sen to prevent overflow conditions in the device's reception buffer and offset counter. A REQ/

ACK offset value of zero shall indicate asynchronous data transfer mode; a value of FFh shall indi-

cate unlimited REQ/ACK offset.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

3-3

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

SCSI MESSAGES

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

** NOTE **

The supported SCSI transfer rates are listed in Appendix G.

The originating device (the device that sends the first of the pair of SDTR messages) sets its values

according to the rules above to permit it to receive data successfully. If the responding device can

also receive data successfully with these values (or smaller transfer periods or larger REQ/ACK

offsets or both), it returns the same values in its SDTR message. If it requires a larger transfer

period, a smaller REQ/ACK offset, or both in order to receive data successfully, it substitutes val-

ues in its SDTR message as required, returning unchanged any value not required to be changed.

Each device when transmitting data respects the limits set by the other's SDTR message, but it is

permitted to transfer data with larger transfer periods, smaller REQ/ACK offsets, or both than

specified in the other's SDTR message. The successful completion of an exchange of SDTR mes-

sages implies an agreement as follows:

Responding device SDTR response

a) Non-zero REQ/ACK offset

Implied agreement

Each device transmits data with a transfer period equal

to or greater than and a REQ/ACK offset equal to or

less than the values received in the other device's SDTR

message.

b) REQ/ACK offset equal to zero

c) MESSAGE REJECT message

Asynchronous transfer

If the initiator recognizes that negotiation is required, it asserts the ATN signal and sends a SDTR

message to begin the negotiating process. After successfully completing the MESSAGE OUT

phase, the target shall respond with the proper SDTR message. If an abnormal condition prevents

the target from returning an appropriate response, both devices shall go to asynchronous data

transfer mode for data transfers between the two devices.

Following target response (a) above, the implied agreement for synchronous operation shall be

considered to be negated by both the initiator and the target if the initiator asserts the ATN signal

and the first message out is either MESSAGE PARITY ERROR or MESSAGE REJECT. In this

case, both devices shall go to asynchronous data transfer mode for data transfers between the two

devices. For the MESSAGE PARITY ERROR case, the implied agreement shall be reinstated if a

retransmittal of the second of the pair of messages is successfully accomplished. After a vendor-

specific number of retry attempts (greater than zero), if the target receives a MESSAGE PARITY

ERROR message, it shall terminate the retry activity. This may be done either by changing to any

other information transfer phase and transferring at least one byte of information or by going to the

BUS FREE phase. The initiator shall accept such action as aborting the negotiation, and both

devices shall go to asynchronous data transfer mode for data transfers between the two devices.

If the target recognizes that negotiation is required, it sends an SDTR message to the initiator.

Prior to releasing the ACK signal on the last byte of the SDTR message from the target, the initia-

tor shall assert the ATN signal and respond with its SDTR message or with a MESSAGE REJECT

message. If an abnormal condition prevents the initiator from returning an appropriate response,

both devices shall go to asynchronous data transfer mode for data transfers between the two

devices.

Following an initiator's responding SDTR message, an implied agreement for synchronous opera-

tion shall not be considered to exist until the target leaves the MESSAGE OUT phase, indicating

that the target has accepted the negotiation. After a vendor-specific number of retry attempts

3-4

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

SCSI MESSAGES

(greater than zero), if the target has not received the initiator's responding SDTR message, it shall

go to the BUS FREE phase without any further information transfer attempt. This indicates that a

catastrophic error condition has occurred. Both devices shall go to asynchronous data transfer

mode for data transfers between the two devices.

If, following an initiator's responding SDTR message, the target shifts to MESSAGE IN phase and

the first message in is MESSAGE REJECT, the implied agreement shall be considered to be

negated and both devices shall go to asynchronous data transfer mode for data transfers between

the two devices.

The implied synchronous agreement shall remain in effect until a BUS DEVICE RESET message

is received, until a hard reset condition occurs, or until one of the two SCSI devices elects to mod-

ify the agreement. The default data transfer mode is asynchronous data transfer mode. The

default data transfer mode is entered at power on, after a BUS DEVICE RESET message, or after

a hard reset condition.

3-2.5.2

Wide Data Transfer Request (WDTR)

BITS

BYTES

Extended Message (01h)

Extended Message Length (02h)

WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQUEST code (03h)

Transfer Width Exponent

A WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQUEST (WDTR) message exchange is initiated by a SCSI device

whenever a previously arranged transfer width agreement may have become invalid. The agree-

ment becomes invalid after any condition which may leave the data transfer agreement in an inde-

terminate state such as:

a) after a hard reset condition;

b) after a BUS DEVICE RESET message and;

c) after a power cycle.

In addition, an SCSI device may initiate a WDTR message exchange whenever it is appropriate to

negotiate a new transfer width agreement. SCSI devices that are capable of wide data transfers

(greater than eight bits) do not respond to a WDTR message with a MESSAGE REJECT message.

Renegotiation at every selection is not recommended, since a significant performance impact is

likely.

The WDTR message exchange establishes an agreement between two SCSI devices on the width

of the data path to be used for DATA phase transfers between the two devices. This agreement

applies to DATA IN and DATA OUT phases only. All other information transfer phases shall use

an eight-bit data path.

If an SCSI device implements both wide data transfer option and synchronous data transfer option,

then it shall negotiate the wide data transfer agreement prior to negotiating the synchronous data

transfer agreement. If a synchronous data transfer agreement is in effect, then an SCSI device that

accepts a WDTR message shall reset the synchronous agreement to asynchronous mode.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

3-5

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

SCSI MESSAGES

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

Byte 3: The transfer width is two to the transfer width exponent bytes wide. The transfer width

that is established applies to all logical units on both SCSI devices. Valid transfer widths are 8 bits

(m = 00h), 16 bits (m = 01h), and 32 bits (m = 02h). Values of m greater than 02h are reserved.

The originating SCSI device (the SCSI device that sends the first of the pair of WDTR messages)

sets its transfer width value to the maximum data path width it elects to accommodate. If the

responding SCSI device can also accommodate this transfer width, it returns the same value in its

WDTR message. If it requires a smaller transfer width, it substitutes the smaller value in its

WDTR message. The successful completion of an exchange of WDTR messages implies an

agreement as follows:

Responding device WDTR response Implied agreement

a) Non-zero transfer width

Each device transmits and receives data with a transfer

width equal to the responding SCSI device's transfer

width.

b) Transfer width equal to zero

c) MESSAGE REJECT message

Eight-bit data transfer

If the initiator recognizes that negotiation is required, it asserts the ATN signal and sends a WDTR

message to begin the negotiating process. After successfully completing the MESSAGE OUT

phase, the target shall respond with the proper WDTR message. If an abnormal condition prevents

the target from returning an appropriate response, both devices shall go to eight-bit data transfer

mode for data transfers between the two devices.

Following target response a) above, the implied agreement for wide data transfers shall be consid-

ered to be negated by both the initiator and the target if the initiator asserts ATN and the first mes-

sage out is either MESSAGE PARITY ERROR or MESSAGE REJECT. In this case, both devices

shall go to eight-bit data transfer mode for data transfers between the two devices. For the MES-

SAGE PARITY ERROR case, the implied agreement shall be reinstated if a retransmittal of the

second of the pair of messages is successfully accomplished. After a vendor-specific number of

retry attempts (greater than zero), if the target receives a MESSAGE PARITY ERROR message, it

shall terminate the retry activity. This may be done either by changing to any other information

transfer phase and transferring at least one byte of information or by going to the BUS FREE

phase. The initiator shall accept such action as aborting the negotiation, and both devices shall go

to eight-bit data transfer mode for data transfers between the two devices.

If the target recognizes that negotiation is required, it sends a WDTR message to the initiator.

Prior to releasing the ACK signal on the last byte of the WDTR message from the target, the initi-

ator shall assert the ATN signal and respond with its WDTR message or with a MESSAGE

REJECT message. If an abnormal condition prevents the initiator from returning an appropriate

response, both devices shall go to eight-bit data transfer mode for data transfers between the two

devices.

Following an initiator's responding WDTR message, an implied agreement for wide data transfer

operation shall not be considered to exist until the target leaves the MESSAGE OUT phase, indi-

cating that the target has accepted the negotiation. After a vendor-specific number of retry

attempts (greater than zero), if the target has not received the initiator's responding WDTR mes-

sage, it shall go to the BUS FREE phase without any further information transfer attempt (see

6.1.1). This indicates that a catastrophic error condition has occurred. Both devices shall go to

eight-bit data transfer mode for data transfers between the two devices.

3-6

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

SCSI MESSAGES

If, following an initiator's responding WDTR message, the target shifts to MESSAGE IN phase

and the first message in is MESSAGE REJECT, the implied agreement shall be considered to be

negated and both devices shall go to eight-bit data transfer mode for data transfers between the two

devices.

The implied transfer width agreement shall remain in effect until a BUS DEVICE RESET mes-

sage is received, until a hard reset condition occurs, or until one of the two SCSI devices elects to

modify the agreement. The default data transfer width is eight-bit data transfer mode. The default

data transfer mode is entered at power on, after a BUS DEVICE RESET message, or after a hard

reset condition.

Note: we recommend testing at INQUIRY DATA byte seven (07h) bits six and 5 (60h) to deter-

mine if the M2488 has an installed 16 bit interface (20h) and, therefore, supports WDTR with a

transfer width of 01h (16 bits). If the 16 bit interface is not installed. Then negotiation for 16 bits is

not recommended, since the negotiation will be rejected and a significant performance impact is

likely.

3-2.6

IDENTIFY code 80h-FFh

These messages are sent by either the initiator or the target to establish the physical path connection

between an initiator and target for a particular logical unit. The logical unit number addresses one of

up to eight physical or virtual devices attached to a target.

Bit 7

Bit 6

This bit is set to one to distinguish an IDENTIFY message from other messages.

This bit is only set to one by the initiator to grant the target the privilege of disconnecting. If

this bit is zero, the target does not disconnect. This bit is set to zero if sent by the target. Refer-

ence sections 8-6 ERROR RECOVERY PROCEDURES and 4-4 COMMAND DISCON-

NECTION for additional information on this bit.

Bit 5

LUNTAR = 0 to specify target LUN in bits 2-0.

Reserved.

Bits 4-3

Bits 2-0

These bits specify a LUN in a target.

Only one logical unit number is identified for any one selection sequence; a second IDENTIFY mes-

sage with a new logical unit number is not issued before the bus is released (BUS FREE phase). The

initiator may send one or more IDENTIFY messages during a selection sequence. However, the logi-

cal unit number in any additional IDENTIFY messages is the same as the logical unit number speci-

fied in the first IDENTIFY message sent by the initiator.

When sent from a target to an initiator during reconnection, an implied RESTORE POINTERS mes-

sage is performed by the initiator prior to completion of this message.

3-2.7

IGNORE WIDE RESIDUE code 23h

BYTE

VALUE

DESCRIPTION

23h

Message Code

Ignore

01h, 02h, 03h

This message is sent from a target to an initiator to indicate the number of valid bytes sent during the

last REQ/ACK handshake and REQB/ACKB handshake of a DATA IN phase is less than the negoti-

ated transfer width. The ignore field indicates the number of invalid data bytes transferred. This mes-

sage is sent immediately following that DATA IN phase and prior to any other messages. The ignore

field is defined in Table 3-2.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

3-7

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

SCSI MESSAGES

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

Table 3-2. Ignore Field Description

INVALID DATA BITS

IGNORE

32-BIT TRANSFERS

16-BIT TRANSFERS

00h

01h

Reserved

DB (31-24)

DB (31-16)

DB (31-8)

Reserved

DB (15-8)

Reserved

02h

03h

04-FFh

3-2.8

INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR code 05h

This message is sent from an initiator to inform a target an error (e.g., parity error) has occurred that

does not preclude the target from retrying the operation. Although present pointer integrity is not

assured, a RESTORE POINTERS message or a disconnect followed by a reconnect, causes the

pointers to be restored to their defined prior state.

The message is rejected unless it occurs immediately following a DATA or STATUS TRANSFER

phase.

3-2.9

LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE code 0Ah

This message is sent by a target to an initiator to indicate the completion and execution of a linked

command and status was sent. The initiator sets the pointers to the initial state for the next linked

command.

3-2.10

LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE (WITH FLAG) code 0Bh

This message is sent from a target to an initiator to indicate the execution of a linked command, with

the flag bit set to one, has completed and that status was sent. The initiator sets the pointers to the ini-

tial state of the next linked command. Typically this message is used to cause an interrupt in the initi-

ator between two linked commands.

3-2.11

MESSAGE PARITY ERROR code 09h

This message is sent from the initiator to the target to indicate one or more bytes in the last message

it received had a parity error.

In order to indicate its intentions of sending this message, the initiator asserts the ATN signal prior to

its release of ACK for the REQ/ACK handshake of the message that has the parity error. This pro-

vides an interlock so the target can determine which message has the parity error.

The message is rejected unless it occurs immediately following a MESSAGE IN phase.

3-2.12

MESSAGE REJECT code 07h

This message is sent from either the initiator or target indicating the last message it received was

inappropriate or was not implemented.

In order to indicate its intentions of sending this message, the initiator asserts the ATN signal prior to

its release of ACK for the REQ/ACK handshake of the message that is to be rejected. If the target

receives this message under any other circumstance, the target rejects this message.

3-8

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

SCSI MESSAGES

When a target sends this message, it changes to MESSAGE IN phase and sends this message prior to

requesting additional message bytes from the initiator. This provides an interlock so that the initiator

can determine which message was rejected.

3-2.13

3-2.14

NO OPERATION code 08h

This message is sent from an initiator in response to a target’s request for a message when the initia-

tor does not currently have any other valid message to send.

RESTORE POINTERS code 03h

This message is sent from a target to direct the initiator to restore the most recently saved pointers,

for the currently attached logical unit, to the active state. Pointers to the command, data, and status

locations for the logical unit are restored to the active pointers. Command and status pointers are

restored to the beginning of the present command and status areas. The data pointer is restored to the

value at the beginning of the data area in the absence of a SAVE DATA POINTER message or to the

value at the point at which the last SAVE DATA POINTER message occurred for that logical unit.

** NOTE **

If a DISCONNECT message is used to break a long data transfer into

two or more shorter transfers, then a SAVE DATA POINTER is

issued before each DISCONNECT message.

3-2.15

SAVE DATA POINTER code 02h

This message is sent from a target to direct the initiator to save a copy of the present active data

pointer for the currently attached logical unit.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

3-9

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

SCSI MESSAGES

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

3-3

SCSI BUS STATUS

A status byte, Table 3-3, is sent from the target to the initiator during the STATUS phase at the termina-

tion of each command unless the command is cleared by:

An ABORT message,

A BUS DEVICE RESET message,

A “hard” RESET condition, or

An unexpected BUS FREE condition.

Table 3-3. Status Byte

BITS

BYTES

Reserved

Status Byte Code

Reserved

Table 3-4 describes the status byte codes:

Table 3-4. Status Byte Code Bit Values

STATUS BYTE BITS

STATUS REPRESENTED

Good

Check condition

Condition met/good *

Busy

Intermediate/good

Intermediate condition met/good *

Reservation conflict

Command terminated *

Queue full *

All Other Codes

Reserved

R- Reserved bit

*- Not supported by this controller

3-3.1

3-3.2

Good Status

This status indicates the target has successfully completed the command.

Check Condition

Any error, exception, or abnormal condition that causes sense data to be set, causes a CHECK CON-

DITION status. The REQUEST SENSE command is issued following a CHECK CONDITION sta-

tus, to determine the nature of the condition.

3-3.3

3-3.4

Busy Status

The target is busy. This status is returned whenever a target is unable to accept a command from an

otherwise acceptable initiator. The normal initiator recovery action is to issue the command again at a

later time.

Intermediate Status

This status is returned for every command in a series of linked commands (except the last command),

unless an error, exception, or abnormal condition causes a CHECK CONDITION status or a RESER-

3-10

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

SCSI MESSAGES

VATION CONFLICT status to be set. If this status is not returned, the chain of linked commands is

broken; no further commands in the series are executed.

1. Intermediate/good. The Intermediate/good status is returned if the command completed success-

fully and is linked. If not linked, Good status is returned.

2. Intermediate/condition met/good. Not used.

3-3.5

Reservation Conflict Status

This status is returned whenever a SCSI device attempts to access a logical unit that is reserved with

a conflicting reservation type for another SCSI device (see RESERVE UNIT 16h command). The

normal initiator recovery action is to issue the command again at a later time.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

3-11

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

CHAPTER 4

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

4-1

INTRODUCTION

This chapter describes the commands and messages for the M2488. The following information is

located in this chapter:

4-2 LOGICAL UNITS AND SCSI IDS

4-3 M2488 TAPE SCSI COMMANDS

4-4 COMMAND DISCONNECTION

4-5 SCSI RESET

4-2

LOGICAL UNITS AND SCSI IDS

4-2.1

Target ID

The default target ID for the M2488 tape drive is 0h. The target ID can be configured to any value, 0

through 7, not used by another device connected to the SCSI bus. The target ID is configured via the

operator panel as described in Chapter 6.

4-2.2

Initiator ID

When installed with a WIDE IPM (Interface Personality Module) having 68 pins, the tape unit will

recognize initiators with ID’s 0 through 15.

When installed with a 50 pin NARROW IPM, the tape unit will recognize initiators with ID’s 0

through 7.

4-2.3

4-2.4

Tape LUN 0

The default Logical Unit Number (LUN) assigned to the tape drive is 0.

Media Changer LUN 4

The default Logical Unit Number (LUN) assigned to an attached media changer (MC) is 4. The

attached medium changer may be either and ACL or FACL.

4-2.5

LUN

The LUN for the tape drive and attached medium changer may be configured to any value from 0

through 7. The tape drive LUN value must not be the same as the MC LUN value. The LUN value is

configured via the operator panel as described in Chapter 6.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

4-3

M2488 TAPE SCSI COMMANDS

The SCSI commands used with the M2488 are described in Table 4-1. For a more detailed description

of each command, refer to the paragraph listed in the PARAGRAPH column. The Command Descrip-

tion Block format is shown in paragraph 4-3.1 on page 4-4.

Table 4-1. M2488 SCSI Commands

CODE

COMMAND

DESCRIPTION

PARAGRAPH

00h

01h

TEST UNIT READY

REWIND

Provides a means to check if the logical unit is ready.

Causes a rewind to BOT.

4-3.30 on page 4-138

4-3.26 on page 4-115

Requests that the target transfer sense data to the initia-

tor.

03h

05h

08h

0Ah

REQUEST SENSE

READ BLOCK LIMITS

READ

4-3.23 on page 4-103

4-3.15 on page 4-68

4-3.14 on page 4-63

4-3.31 on page 4-140

Requests the target’s block length limits for the logical

unit.

Transfers zero or more blocks to the initiator beginning

with the next block on the logical unit.

Transfers zero or more blocks from the initiator to the

current position on the logical unit.

WRITE

READ REVERSE

(optional)

Requests that the tape unit transfer zero or more blocks

of data to the initiator.

0Fh

10h

11h

4-3.18 on page 4-80

4-3.33 on page 4-150

4-3.29 on page 4-135

WRITE FILEMARKS

SPACE

Requests the write of zero or more filemarks to tape.

Changes the logical unit position relative to the current

position.

Provides a means for an initiator to request information

regarding parameters of the target and any attached

peripheral devices.

4-3.6 on page 4-18 &

5-3 on page 5-17

12h

14h

INQUIRY

Requests that the tape unit transfer zero or more blocks

of data from the tape unit’s buffer to the initiator. The

command is used to retrieve data contained in the

buffer that had been sent earlier by the initiator to be

written to the medium [tape].

RECOVER BUFFERED

DATA (optional)

4-3.21 on page 4-98

Provides a means for the initiator to specify medium,

logical unit, and peripheral device parameters to the tar-

get by sending data relevant to such parameters in a

data phase during the command.

4-3.12 on page 4-51

& 5-2 on page 5-1

15h

MODE SELECT

Reserves the specified logical unit for the exclusive use

of the requesting initiator.

16h

17h

19h

RESERVE UNIT

RELEASE UNIT

ERASE

4-3.25 on page 4-112

4-3.22 on page 4-101

4-3.5 on page 4-15

Release previously reserved logical units for the

requesting initiator.

Causes part or all of the remaining medium to be erased

beginning from the current logical position.

Provides a means for the target to report medium, logi-

cal unit, and peripheral device parameters to the initia-

tor by sending data relevant to such parameters in a data

phase during the command.

4-3.13 on page 4-56

& 5-2 on page 5-1

1Ah

MODE SENSE

4-2

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

Table 4-1. M2488 SCSI Commands (Continued)

COMMAND

CODE

DESCRIPTION

PARAGRAPH

LOAD UNLOAD

(optional)

Performs either a rewind operation or a rewind and

unload operation.

4-3.7 on page 4-25

4-3.19 on page 4-83

4-3.27 on page 4-117

4-3.8 on page 4-28

1Bh

RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC Requests that result data generated for a previous

RESULTS (optional)

1Ch

1Dh

2Bh

SEND DIAGNOSTIC command be sent to the initiator.

Requests the target to perform diagnostic tests on itself,

or on the attached peripheral devices.

SEND DIAGNOSTIC

Causes the tape unit to position to a specific logical

location.

LOCATE (optional)

Causes 20 bytes to be sent from the target to the initia-

tor. The 20 bytes are a report of the position of the tape

unit and information about blocks stored in the buffer.

READ POSITION

(optional)

34h

3Bh

3Ch

4-3.17 on page 4-75

Used in conjunction with the READ BUFFER com-

mand as a diagnostic function for testing target memory 4-3.32 on page 4-144

and the SCSI bus integrity.

WRITE BUFFER

(optional)

Used in conjunction with the WRITE BUFFER com-

READ BUFFER (optional) mand as a diagnostic function for testing target memory

and the SCSI bus integrity.

4-3.16 on page 4-70

Used to modify the operating definition of the selected

target with respect to all initiators. This command is

CHANGE DEFINITION

4-3.2 on page 4-5 & 5-

3 on page 5-17

40h

44h

used in conjunction with the Inquiry command to

(optional)

change (and optionally save) parameters that affect the

operation of the target.

Provides a means for the initiator to retrieve informa-

tion maintained by the target about the supported densi-

REPORT DENSITY SUP- ties for the MTU logical unit.

PORT (configuration

dependent)

Note: Support of this command is configuration depen- 4-3.24 on page 4-105

dent. In order for this command to be supported, FT4

(Feature Mode 4), bit 6 (40h) must be set to 1. See the

command description for more information.

Provides a means for the initiator to manage statistical

4Ch

4Dh

LOG SELECT (optional)

LOG SENSE (optional)

information maintained by the target about itself and

attached logical units.

4-3.9 on page 4-32

Provides a means for the initiator to retrieve statistical

information maintained by the target about itself and

attached logical units.

4-3.10 on page 4-33

4-3.11 on page 4-49

LOOP WRITE TO READ

(vendor unique)

C1h

CFh

Used to check the controller’s data and control path.

Used to display a message on the operator panel of the

tape drive or cartridge loader (if installed.)

4-3.3 on page 4-8 or

4-3.4 on page 4-12

DISPLAY (vendor unique)

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-3

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

4-3.1

Command Description Block Format

A command is executed by sending a Command Descriptor Block (CDB) to a target. See the exam-

ple for a six-byte command below. The CDB may be 6, 10 or 12-bytes in length depending on the

type of command. Some commands have additional fields which are described in the individual com-

mand. Use the description in Table 4-2 to interpret the common fields of the commands that follow.

BITS

BYTES

Group Code

LUN

Command Code

Reserved

Flag

Link

Note: Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded.

Table 4-2. CDB Field Description

FIELD

DESCRIPTION

All commands have one Op Code in byte 0. This is the operation to be performed.

Consists of a command code and a group code.

Operation Code (Op Code)

Command Code

Identifies the command to be executed.

Specifies a CDB format, length in bytes, and classifies the type of operation.

For CDBs using reserved group codes 3 and 4, the controller will accept only one byte

of CDB, then go to the Bus Free phase. The host system should not send more than one

byte of CDB in this case.

Group Code

The LUN is defined in the IDENTIFY message. The target ignores the logical unit

number specified within the CDB. The LUN in the CDB should be zero.

LUN (Logical Unit Number)

The LUN field is included in the CDB for compatibility with some SCSI-1 devices.

This field may be reclaimed in SCSI-3. New implementations should use the outbound

IDENTIFY message, which is mandatory in SCSI-2, to establish the I_T_L nexus.

Reserved

Control

Set aside fields for future use. Default value is 0 for all bits.

Last byte of all commands. Used for linked commands. Consists of a link bit, a flag

bit, and reserved bits.

Used to continue I/O processes across multiple commands. Creates an automatic link to

the next command upon successful completion of the current command. If Link=0, then

no link to next command. If Link=1, then an automatic link to the next command

occurs.

Link Bit

Flag Bit

Interrupts the initiator between linked commands. Used with the link bit to specify

which message is returned to the initiator when the command completes without error;

if Flag=0, LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE message; if Flag=1, LINKED COM-

MAND COMPLETE (with Flag) message.

4-4

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

4-3.2

CHANGE DEFINITION command 40h

The CHANGE DEFINITION command is used to modify the operating definition of the selected tar-

get with respect to all initiators. This command is executed even if the Magnetic Tape Unit (MTU) is

NOT READY. It is not executed if the selected LUN is nonexistent. This command is used in con-

junction with the INQUIRY command to change (and optionally save) parameters that affect the

operation of the target.

4-3.2.1

CHANGE DEFINITION CDB Description

CHANGE DEFINITION is a ten-byte command. The bytes are shown below and described in

Table 4-3. Common fields are described in paragraph 4-3.1 on page 4-4.

BITS

BYTES

LUN

Reserved

Save

Definition Parameters

Reserved

Parameter Data Length

Reserved

Flag

Link

Note: Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded.

Table 4-3. CHANGE DEFINITION Field Description

DESCRIPTION

BYTE BIT VALUE

0-7

40h Operation code.

A Save control bit of zero indicates that the target shall not save the operating definition.

A Save bit of one indicates that the target shall save the operating definition to non-volatile

memory.

This target will not apply the new parameters until a power cycle is performed, so sending

a Save bit of zero is a means of performing a parameter validity check.

0-6

See Table 4-4 for a description of the Definition Parameter field.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-5

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

Table 4-3. CHANGE DEFINITION Field Description (Continued)

BYTE BIT VALUE

DESCRIPTION

0-7

The Parameter Data Length specifies the length in bytes of the parameter data that shall be

transferred from the initiator to the target.

A parameter data length of zero indicates that no data shall be transferred. This condition

shall not be considered an error.

>0 Parameter data lengths greater than zero indicate the number of bytes of parameter data

that shall be transferred.

The data that may be transferred is defined in section 5-3 for the MTU device and section

6-4 for the Media Changer device and consists of Vital Product Data Pages that may be

read via the Inquiry command.

Table 4-4. Definition Parameter Description

VALUE

MEANING OF DEFINITION PARAMETER

00h

03h

40h

41h

Use current operating definition.

SCSI-2 operating definition.

Change user product data.

Change factory product data.

Definition parameter values of 00h and 03h have no effect on the target since this is the normal

operating definition for this product. These values are accepted to maintain ANSI compliance.

Definition parameter 40h selects INQUIRY Vital Product Data (VPD) Page code C2h and is used

to change the Product Identification data that is reported in standard INQUIRY bytes 8 through 31.

This data includes Vendor ID, Controller Product ID and Logical Unit Product ID. This value will

be accepted at any time. Using this parameter has little effect on target operation in that it only

changes constant data returned by the INQUIRY command.

Definition parameter 41h is intended for factory use and will be accepted only if the target is in

factory mode. Change Definition data sent in this mode includes INQUIRY VPD pages 80h, C0h,

C1h and C2h. This data contains such information as Unit Serial Number, Unit Usage Data, Unit

Configuration and Product Identification Data. Using this parameter may cause the target to

appear not operational and have serious side effects.

4-3.2.2

CHANGE DEFINITION Changes

It is suggested that the required page is first obtained from the target via the Inquiry command,

data is then changed to the desired value and the data returned to the target via Change Definition

in the same format as it was received.

Single or multiple pages may be sent with a single Change Definition data transfer. The target will

not accept partial pages or pages not defined as changeable. The pages may be sent in any order

but must be of correct format and length.

The requested changes to the VPD pages will take effect as follows:

a. Changes to VPD page 80h Unit Serial Number Page and C2h Product Identification Page

take effect following a hard reset condition, i.e.; power-on, Bus Device, or SCSI bus reset.

b. Changes to VPD page C0h Unit Usage Page take effect upon the successful completion of

the CHANGE DEFINITION command.

4-6

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

c. Changes to VPD page C1h Configuration Page take effect following a power-on reset condi-

tion.

4-3.2.3

4-3.2.4

CHANGE DEFINITION CHECK CONDITION Status

If a CHECK CONDITION is returned as a result of the Change Definition CDB, the change is not

performed.

CHANGE DEFINITION Sense Keys

One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated:

SENSE KEY CONDITION

DESCRIPTION

RECOVERED ERROR

Recovery was performed while writing buffered data before the

CHANGE DEFINITION was received.

MEDIUM ERROR

1. Write of buffered data failed due to a defective tape.

2. An attempt was made to write 36-track data on 18-track format-

ted medium.

HARDWARE ERROR

1. Write of buffered data failed due to a hardware failure.

2. SCSI interface error occurred due to hardware failure (i.e.

unable to transfer parameters)

3. Writing of the Change Definition data to the non-volatile RAM

failed due to a hardware error.

ILLEGAL REQUEST

1. Reserved bit was found set in the CDB of the CHANGE DEFI-

NITION command.

2. Flag bit was set and Link bit was not set.

3. Definition parameter 41h is sent to target without the factory

mode set.

4. Parameter data contains a partial page

5. Parameter data contains an unchangeable page

6. Parameter data contains invalid (non-ASCII) data.

UNIT ATTENTION

Indicates the CHANGE DEFINITION command was not per-

formed due to one of the following:

1. The tape cartridge may have been changed.

2. The target has been reset.

3. The Mode parameters have been changed by another initiator.

4. The version of the microcode has been changed (microcode

downloaded).

5. A cartridge was loaded with a tape length that is too long or too

short.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-7

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

4-3.3

DISPLAY command CFh (11h)

For display data length of 11h (default value), refer toFT4, bit 7 described in the M2488 User’s

Guide.

The DISPLAY command is used to display a message on the operator panel of the tape drive or car-

tridge loader (if installed). This command is executed even if the Magnetic Tape Unit (MTU) is NOT

READY. The Display Data is described in paragraph 4-3.3.2.

4-3.3.1

DISPLAY CDB Description (11h)

DISPLAY is a ten-byte command. The bytes are shown below and described in Table 4-5. Com-

mon fields are described in paragraph 4-3.1 on page 4-4.

BITS

BYTES

LUN

Reserved

Parameter List Length = 11h

Reserved

Flag

Link

Note: Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded.

Table 4-5. DISPLAY Field Description (11h)

BYTE

BIT

VALUE

DESCRIPTION

0-7

CFh Operation Code.

11h The Parameter List Length specifies the length of control and display

information to be transferred from the initiator.

The parameter list length specifies the length of control and display information to be transferred

from the initiator. A CHECK CONDITION is returned if the specified length is not 0 or 17 bytes

(11h).

4-8

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

4-3.3.2

Display Data (11h)

The 17 bytes of DISPLAY data consists of a format control byte followed by two eight-byte mes-

sages. See Table 4-6, Table 4-7 and Table 4-8 on page 4-10. If the Parameter List Length is set to

0 no action is performed and it is not considered an error.

Table 4-6. DISPLAY Parameter (11h)

BITS

BYTES

Display

Length

Display Mode Selection

Flash

Half Msg

Data Format

1-8

First Half Message

9-16

Second Half Message

Note: All bytes should not be set to spaces, because this would appear as a MTU powered down state.

Table 4-7. Display Parameter Field Description (11h)

BYTE

BIT

VALUE

DESCRIPTION

The Data Format bit describes the type of data contained in bytes 1 through 16.

If this bit is set to 1, the data in bytes 1 through 16 is considered to be ASCII format.

If bit is 0, the data is EBCDIC format.

The Half Msg bit selects which half of the message is to be displayed. This bit is valid

only when the Display length bit is set to zero.

When the Half Msg bit is set to zero, the first half of the message (bytes 1 to 8) is dis-

played.

When the Half Msg bit is set to one, the second half of the message (bytes 9 to 16) is

displayed.

When the Flash bit is set to zero, the display does not flash.

A Flash bit set to one causes the display to flash.

When the Display Length bit is set to zero, only 8 bytes are displayed. Whether bytes 1

to 8 or bytes 9 to 16 are displayed is selected by bit 2. If bit 2 is set to 0b then bytes 1

through 8 are displayed. If bit 2 is set to 1b bytes 9 to 16 are displayed.

When the display length bit is set to one, bytes 1 to 8 and bytes 9 to 16 are displayed

alternately. Bits 2-3 are ignored for this selection.

5-7

Table 4-9 defines the Display Mode Selection bits.

The message bytes contain the data to be displayed.

1-16

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-9

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

Table 4-8. Display Data

CHARACTER

ASCII

EBCDIC *

CHARACTER

ASCII

EBCDIC *

(space)

20h

41h

42h

43h

44h

45h

46h

47h

48h

49h

60h

25h

3Ch

28h

2Bh

7Ch

26h

4Ah

4Bh

4Ch

4Dh

4Eh

4Fh

50h

51h

52h

21h

24h

2Ah

29h

3Bh

5Eh

00h

01h

02h

03h

04h

05h

06h

07h

08h

09h

0Ah

0Bh

0Ch

0Dh

0Eh

0Fh

10h

11h

12h

13h

14h

15h

16h

17h

18h

19h

1Ah

1Bh

1Ch

1Dh

1Eh

1Fh

2Dh

2Fh

53h

54h

55h

56h

57h

58h

59h

5Ah

20h

2Ch

25h

5Fh

3Eh

3Fh

30h

31h

32h

33h

34h

35h

36h

37h

38h

39h

3Ah

23h

40h

27h

3Dh

22h

20h

21h

22h

23h

24h

25h

26h

27h

28h

29h

2Ah

2Bh

2Ch

2Dh

2Eh

2Fh

30h

31h

32h

33h

34h

35h

36h

37h

38h

39h

3Ah

3Bh

3Ch

3Dh

3Eh

3Fh

‘

(space)

(

’

)

;

”

* The two most significant bits’ values are don’t care.

4-10

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

Table 4-9. Display Mode Selection Bits (11h)

QUALIFIER

DESCRIPTION

000b

Bytes 1 to 8 or bytes 9 to 16 are displayed based on the instructions in bits 2-4 of control byte. The mes-

sage is displayed until the next tape operation starts or until a new DISPLAY command is received.

001b

If the DISPLAY command is received when there is a cartridge in the MTU, Bytes 1 to 8 or bytes 9 to 16

are displayed based on the instructions in bits 2-4 of the control byte. The message is displayed until the

cartridge is removed from the MTU or a new DISPLAY command is received. No message is displayed if

there is no cartridge in the MTU.

010b

If the DISPLAY command is received when the MTU is in a ready state, nothing happens. If the DIS-

PLAY command is received when the MTU is not in the ready state, Bytes 1 to 8 or bytes 9 to 16 are dis-

played based on the instructions in bits 2-4 of the control byte. The attention lamp blinks. The message is

displayed until the MTU becomes ready.

011b

100b

101b

110b

111b

Display left unchanged.

The host message being displayed is cancelled and a unit message is displayed instead.

Display left unchanged.

If the DISPLAY command is received when there is a cartridge in the MTU, Bytes 1 to 8 or bytes 9 to 16

are displayed based on the instructions in bits 2-4 of the control byte. The message is displayed until the

cartridge is removed. After the cartridge is removed and until the next cartridge is loaded and becomes

ready, only bytes 9 to 16 are displayed. The display flashes. The attention lamp blinks.

4-3.3.3

DISPLAY Sense Keys (11h)

One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated:

SENSE KEY CONDITION

DESCRIPTION

RECOVERED ERROR

Recovery was performed while writing buffered data before the DIS-

PLAY was received.

MEDIUM ERROR

1. Write of buffered data failed due to a defective tape.

2. An attempt was made to write 36-track data on 18-track formatted

medium.

HARDWARE ERROR

1. Write of buffered data failed due to a hardware failure.

2. SCSI interface error occurred due to hardware failure (i.e. unable to

transfer display parameters)

3. The display panel is currently in use displaying check information for

the operator.

ILLEGAL REQUEST

UNIT ATTENTION

1. Reserved bit was found set in the CDB of the DISPLAY command.

2. Flag bit was set and Link bit was not set.

3. The parameter list length is neither 0 nor 17.

Indicates the DISPLAY command was not performed due to one of the

following:

1. The tape cartridge may have been changed.

2. The target has been reset.

3. The Mode parameters have been changed by another initiator.

4. The version of the microcode has been changed (microcode down-

loaded).

5. A cartridge was loaded with a tape length that is too long or too short.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-11

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

4-3.4

DISPLAY command CFh (10h)

For display data length of 10h, refer toFT4, bit 7 described in the M2488 User’s Guide.

The DISPLAY command is used to display a message on the operator panel of the tape drive or car-

tridge loader (if installed). This command is executed even if the Magnetic Tape Unit (MTU) is NOT

READY. The Display Data is described in paragraph 4-3.4.2.

4-3.4.1

DISPLAY CDB Description (10h)

DISPLAY is a ten-byte command. The bytes are shown below and described in Table 4-10. Com-

mon fields are described in paragraph 4-3.1 on page 4-4.

BITS

BYTES

LUN

Reserved

Display

Length

Display Mode Selection

Flash

Half Msg

Reserved Data Format

Reserved

Parameter List Length = 10h

Reserved

Flag

Link

Note: Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded.

Table 4-10. DISPLAY Field Description (10h)

BYTE

BIT

VALUE

DESCRIPTION

0-7

CFh Operation Code.

This byte is the display format control byte. The fields in this control byte

are described in Table 4-11.

0-7

10h The Parameter List Length specifies the length of c display information to

be transferred from the initiator.

The parameter list length specifies the length of display information to be transferred from the ini-

tiator. A CHECK CONDITION is returned if the specified length is not 0 or 16 bytes (10h).

4-12

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

Table 4-11. Display Format Control Byte Description (10h)

BYTE

BIT

VALUE

DESCRIPTION

The Data Format bit describes the type of data contained in bytes 0 through 15.

If this bit is 0, the data in bytes 0 through 15 is in EBCDIC format.

If this bit is 1, the data in bytes 0 through 15 is in ASCII format.

Reserved.

The Half Msg bit selects which half of the message is to be displayed. This bit is valid

only when the Display length bit is set to zero.

When the Half Msg bit is set to zero, the first half of the message (bytes 0 to 7) is dis-

played.

When the Half Msg bit is set to one, the second half of the message (bytes 8 to 15) is

displayed.

When the Flash bit is set to zero, the display does not flash.

A Flash bit set to one causes the display to flash.

When the Display Length bit is set to zero, only 8 bytes are displayed. Whether bytes 0

to 7 or bytes 8 to 15 are displayed is selected by bit 2. If bit 2 is set to 0b then bytes 0

through 7 are displayed. If bit 2 is set to 1b bytes 8 to 15 are displayed.

When the display length bit is set to one, bytes 0 to 7 and bytes 8 to 15 are displayed

alternately. Bits 2-3 are ignored for this selection.

5-7

Table 4-13 defines the Display Mode Selection bits.

4-3.4.2

Display Data (10h)

The 16 bytes of DISPLAY data consists of two eight-byte messages. See Table 4-12, Table 4-13

and Table 4-8 on page 4-10. If the Parameter List Length is set to 0, no action is performed and it

is not considered an error.

Table 4-12. DISPLAY Parameter (10h)

BITS

BYTES

0-7

First Half Message

8-15

Second Half Message

Note: All bytes should not be set to spaces, because this would appear as a MTU powered down state.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-13

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

Table 4-13. Display Mode Selection Bits (10h)

QUALIFIER

DESCRIPTION

000b

Bytes 0 to 7 or bytes 8 to 15 are displayed based on the instructions in bits 2-4 of the format control byte. The

message is displayed until the next tape operation starts or until a new DISPLAY command is received.

001b

010b

If the DISPLAY command is received when there is a cartridge in the MTU, Bytes 0 to 7 or bytes 8 to 15 are

displayed based on the instructions in bits 2-4 of the control byte. The message is displayed until the car-

tridge is removed from the MTU or a new DISPLAY command is received. No message is displayed if there

is no cartridge in the MTU.

If the DISPLAY command is received when the MTU is in a ready state, nothing happens. If the DISPLAY

command is received when the MTU is not in the ready state, Bytes 0 to 7 or bytes 8 to 15 are displayed

based on the instructions in bits 2-4 of the control byte. The attention lamp blinks. The message is displayed

until the MTU becomes ready.

011b

100b

101b

110b

111b

Display left unchanged.

The host message being displayed is cancelled and a unit message is displayed instead.

Display left unchanged.

If the DISPLAY command is received when there is a cartridge in the MTU, Bytes 0 to 7 or bytes 8 to 15 are

displayed based on the instructions in bits 2-4 of the control byte. The message is displayed until the car-

tridge is removed. After the cartridge is removed and until the next cartridge is loaded and becomes ready,

only bytes 8 to 15 are displayed. The display flashes. The attention lamp blinks.

4-3.4.3

DISPLAY Sense Keys (10h)

One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated:

SENSE KEY CONDITION

DESCRIPTION

RECOVERED ERROR

Recovery was performed while writing buffered data before the DIS-

PLAY was received.

MEDIUM ERROR

1. Write of buffered data failed due to a defective tape.

2. An attempt was made to write 36-track data on 18-track formatted

medium.

HARDWARE ERROR

1. Write of buffered data failed due to a hardware failure.

2. SCSI interface error occurred due to hardware failure (i.e. unable to

transfer display parameters)

3. The display panel is currently in use displaying check information for

the operator.

ILLEGAL REQUEST

UNIT ATTENTION

1. Reserved bit was found set in the CDB of the DISPLAY command.

2. Flag bit was set and Link bit was not set.

3. The parameter list length is neither 0 nor 16.

Indicates the DISPLAY command was not performed due to one of the

following:

1. The tape cartridge may have been changed.

2. The target has been reset.

3. The Mode parameters have been changed by another initiator.

4. The version of the microcode has been changed (microcode down-

loaded).

5. A cartridge was loaded with a tape length that is too long or too short.

4-14

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

4-3.5

ERASE command 19h

The ERASE command causes part or all of the remaining medium to be erased beginning from the

current logical position.

After the receipt of a valid ERASE command, tape synchronization is performed prior to execution

of the ERASE operation. If tape is positioned at BOT, the ERASE command will cause an ID area to

be written before the Erase operation.

4-3.5.1

ERASE CDB Description

ERASE is a six-byte command as shown below and described in Table 4-14. Common fields are

described in paragraph 4-3.1 on page 4-4.

BITS

BYTES

LUN

Reserved

Immed

Long

Reserved

Flag

Link

Note: Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded.

Table 4-14. ERASE Field Description

BYTE

BIT

VALUE

19h Operation code.

DESCRIPTION

0-7

If Long bit=0, Erase gap.

If Long bit=1, Data security erase.

0-1

The Immediate (Immed) bit controls the time at which status is to be returned.

Actions taken by the target depend on the settings of the Immed and Long bits as

described in the next table.

IMMED BIT

LONG BIT

ACTION TAKEN

Don’t care

Status is returned after the Erase operation is complete.

Status is returned after the CDB is validated. *

Status is returned after all previously buffered commands are

completed and the CDB is validated. *

* If a CHECK CONDITION status is returned for this case, the ERASE operation is not performed.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-15

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

A Long bit set to zero causes a 7.8 +/- 0.4 mm of the medium to be recorded with an erase tone

(special pattern along with a 2-mm IBG). This is known as the Erase Gap based on the Gap Size

field in the Device Configuration Mode Page. An End-of-Data (EOD) mark is written after this

type of erase operation. If the early warning condition is encountered while erasing with the long

bit set to zero a CHECK CONDITION status is sent by the target after completion of the erase

operation. The valid and EOM bits in the sense data are set to one. The information field will not

report any buffered erases.

A Long bit set to 1 indicates erasure of all remaining media on the logical unit (Data Security

Erase) by writing the tape with a random frequency two times that used for regular writes. Before

the Data Security Erase is performed, an Erase Gap is written. Following such a command, the

tape position is at end-of-partition (EOP).

** NOTE **

There is no limit to the number of sequential erase patterns that can

be written. However, if more than 680 mm of tape (68 +/- 2 erase pat-

terns +2.0 mm IBG) is read by the controller, a BLANK CHECK is sig-

naled.

4-3.5.2

ERASE Sense Keys

One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated:

SENSE KEY CONDITION

DESCRIPTION

RECOVERED ERROR

1. Recovery was performed when writing buffered data before the erase

occurred.

2. Retries were needed to complete the ERASE.

NOT READY

Logical unit was not ready (tape was not loaded or was not ready).

MEDIUM ERROR

1. Write of buffered data failed due to defective tape.

2. End-of-Medium was encountered when performing an Erase Gap oper-

ation (Long bit =0).

3. An attempt was made to write 36-track data on 18-track formatted

medium.

4. The tape length in the cartridge is too long or too short.

HARDWARE ERROR

1. Write of buffered data failed due to a hardware error.

2. ERASE command failed due to unrecoverable errors on the SCSI inter-

face.

ILLEGAL REQUEST

UNIT ATTENTION

Reserved bit was set in the CDB of the ERASE command.

Indicates the ERASE command was not performed due to one of the fol-

lowing:

1. The tape cartridge was changed.

2. The target was reset.

3. The Mode parameters were changed by another initiator.

4. The version of the microcode was changed (microcode downloaded).

5. A cartridge was loaded with a tape length that is too long or too short.

4-16

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

SENSE KEY CONDITION

DESCRIPTION

DATA PROTECT

Attempted write-type operation to write-protected tape cartridge.

The ERASE command was aborted.

ABORTED COMMAND

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-17

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

4-3.6

INQUIRY command 12h

The INQUIRY command provides a means for an initiator to request information regarding parame-

ters of the target and any attached peripheral devices.

4-3.6.1

INQUIRY CDB Description

The INQUIRY CDB is a six-byte command. The bytes are shown below and described in

Table 4-15. Common fields are described in paragraph 4-3.1 on page 4-4.

BITS

BYTES

LUN

Reserved

EVPD

Page Code

Reserved

Allocation Length

Reserved

Flag

Link

Note: Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded.

Table 4-15. INQUIRY Field Description

BYTE

BIT

VALUE

12h Operation code.

DESCRIPTION

0-7

An Enable Vital Product Data (EVPD) bit of one specifies that the target returns

the optional Vital Product Data (VPD) specified by the Page Code field. See sec-

tion 5-3 for the description of the MTU VPD pages or section 6-4 for the

description of the MC VPD pages supported by the INQUIRY command.The

EVPD bit and its relationship to the Page Code field is shown in Table 4-16.

An EVPD bit of 0 indicates transfer of normal INQUIRY data.

0-7

The Page Code codes are described in Table 4-17.

The Allocation Length field specifies the maximum number of bytes that the initi-

ator has allocated for returned INQUIRY data. An allocation length of zero indi-

cates no INQUIRY data is to be transferred. This condition is not considered as an

error.

The target terminates the DATA IN phase when allocation length bytes are trans-

ferred or when all available INQUIRY data is transferred to the initiator, which-

ever is less. The user should specify an allocation length of at least 68h (104)

when normal Inquiry data (EVPD=0) is requested.

4-18

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

Table 4-16. EVPD Bit

PAGE CODE

EVPD BIT

ACTION

BYTE

00h

When the EVPD bit is zero, the Page Code field must be zero. This returns normal

INQUIRY data. See Table 4-18 for data returned.

¼¼not = 00h

xxh

If the EVPD bit is zero and the Page Code field is not zero, then the target termi-

nates the command with CHECK CONDITION status, the sense key is set to

ILLEGAL REQUEST, and the ASC/ASCQ is set to INVALID FIELD IN CDB

Specifies that the target return the optional Vital Product Data (VPD) specified by

the Page Code field. See Table 4-17.

Table 4-17. Supported VPD Page Codes

DESCRIPTION

VPD PAGE

CODE

00h

80h

81h

82h

C0h

List of the vital product data pages supported by this target.

Unit serial number page.

Implemented operating definition page.

ASCII implemented operating definition page.

Unit usage page.

Note: This is a vendor unique page containing the tape motion timer and power-on time.

Configuration page.

C1h

C2h

Product identification page.

4-3.6.2

INQUIRY CHECK CONDITION Status

If an INQUIRY command is received from an initiator with a pending unit attention condition (i.e.,

before the target reports CHECK CONDITION status), the target performs the INQUIRY com-

mand and does not clear the unit attention condition. If an INQUIRY command is received after

CHECK CONDITION status has been presented for the unit attention condition, then the unit

attention condition is cleared and the INQUIRY command is performed.

CHECK CONDITION status is only generated for the INQUIRY command when the target can-

not return the requested INQUIRY data due to a hardware error or invalid INQUIRY CDB con-

tents.

Inquiry data is returned to the initiator regardless of the state of the selected LUN (e.g. NOT

READY, Non-Existent).

If the initiator requests a VPD page that is not supported, a CHECK CONDITION status with a

sense key of ILLEGAL REQUEST and an additional sense code of ILLEGAL FIELD in CDB is

returned.

4-3.6.3

Inquiry Data

See section 5-3 for a description of INQUIRY return data when the EVPD bit is 1. The following

Inquiry Data is returned when the EVPD bit = 0:

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-19

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

Table 4-18. INQUIRY Data Format

BITS

BYTES

Peripheral Qualifier

Peripheral Device Type

Device-Type Modifier = 00h

ECMA Version=0

RMB=1

ISO Version=0

ANSI Version=2h

AENC= 0

TrmIOP= 0

Response Data Format=2h

Additional Length = 63h

Reserved

RelAdr = 0

WBus 32=0 WBus 16

Sync=1 Linked=1 Reserved CmdQ=0

SftRe=0

VENDOR IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION

8-15

Vendor Identification = “FUJITSU”

PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION

16-23

Controller Product ID

24-31

Logical Unit Product ID

PRODUCT REVISION LEVEL INFORMATION

32-35

Controller Microcode Version and Revision Levels

VENDOR SPECIFIC PARAMETERS (BYTES 36-55)

Reserved (vendor unique)

CONTROLLER MICROCODE BUILD DATE

37-38

39-40

Month (MM)

Day (DD)

Last Digit OF Year (Y)

MTU (SERVO) MICROCODE LEVEL INFORMATION

42-43

44-45

MTU Engineering Control (EC) Level

MTU Microcode Version Number

MTU (SERVO) MICROCODE CHECKSUM INFORMATION

46-53

MTU (servo) Microcode Checksum

VENDOR UNIQUE RESERVED BYTES

54-55

Reserved (vendor unique)

Reserved

ANSI RESERVED BYTES

56-95

VENDOR SPECIFIC PARAMETERS (BYTES 96-103)

CONTROLLER MICROCODE CHECKSUM INFORMATION

96-103

Controller Microcode Checksum

4-20

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

Table 4-19. INQUIRY Data Format Field Description

BYTE

BIT

VALUE

DESCRIPTION

0-4 &

5-7

The Peripheral Device Type and Peripheral Qualifier fields identify the physical device

currently connected to the logical unit. The Peripheral Qualifier is described in

Table 4-20 and the Peripheral Device Type is described in Table 4-21. Table 4-22

shows the possible combinations of peripheral qualifiers and device types generated

based on which LUN the INQUIRY command is sent to. In the case where INQUIRY

data byte 0 is 7Fh (i.e. an unknown or no device type is connected to this LUN) the

logical unit product ID (bytes 24-31) will contain ASCII spaces (20h).

0-6

00h The Device-type Modifier field is not supported and is returned as all zeroes.

The RMB (Removable Medium) bit is set to one indicating that the medium is remov-

able.

0-2

2h The ANSI-approved version field of 2h indicates this device complies to the ANSI

SCSI-2 standard (X3.131-1994, version 10L).

3-5 &

6-7

Zero codes in the ISO version and ECMA version fields indicate no compliance is

claimed with the ISO version of SCSI (ISO 9316) or the ECMA version of SCSI

(ECMA-111).

0-3

2h A Response Data Format is set to a value of 2 indicating that this INQUIRY data is

formatted based on the format specified by the ANSI SCSI-2 standard (X3.131-1994,

version 10L).

The Terminate I/O Process (TrmIOP) bit is set to zero, indicating the device does not

support the Terminate I/O Process message.

The Asynchronous Event Notification Capability (AENC) bit is set to zero, indicating

the device does not support SCSI-2 defined asynchronous event notifications.

0-7

63h The Additional Length field indicates 99 additional bytes of parameters are supplied.

If the allocation length in the INQUIRY CDB is too small to transfer all of these

parameters, the additional length is not adjusted to reflect the truncation by the initia-

tor.

The Soft Reset (SFTRE) bit is set to zero indicating the target does not support the

Soft Reset option.

The Command Queuing (CmdQ) bit is set to zero indicating the target does not sup-

port command queuing for this logical unit.

The Linked command (Link) bit is set to one indicating the target supports linked

commands for this logical unit.

The Synchronous Transfer (Sync) bit is set to one indicating the target supports syn-

chronous data transfer.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-21

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

Table 4-19. INQUIRY Data Format Field Description (Continued)

BYTE

BIT

VALUE

DESCRIPTION

A Wide bus 16 (WBus16) bit set to one indicates the target supports 16-bit wide data

transfers.

A value of zero indicates that the device does not support 16-bit wide data transfers.

The value this bit depends on the type of SCSI Interface Personality Module (IPM)

installed in the target (i.e. 50 pin or 68 pin SCSI connector type).

NOTE: In order for 16-bit wide data transfers to occur, the 68 pin IPM must be

installed in the target (i.e. WBus16 bit in INQUIRY data is reported as set to one) and

Wide Data Transfer negotiation (via the Wide Data Transfer Request message) is

required.

The Wide bus 32 (WBus32) bit is set to zero indicating the target does not support 32-

bit wide data transfers.

The Relative Addressing (RelAdr) bit is set to zero indicating the target does not sup-

port relative addressing for this logical unit.

8-31

The Vendor and Product Identification fields contain ASCII data retrieved from

NVRAM during power-up/reset. The first time the controller is powered-up, the corre-

sponding NVRAM fields are initialized to the default values. The default values for

these fields are shown in Table 4-23 (note: all ASCII data shown is left aligned within

each field). When being read from NVRAM, if these fields are not available due to an

NVRAM error, then ASCII spaces will be returned in the corresponding Inquiry data

field. The values in these fields in NVRAM can be changed via the CHANGE DEFI-

NITION command. It is possible to assign unique values in these fields for both the

MTU and MC INQUIRY data. Reference the CHANGE DEFINITION command for

more information on changing these fields.

32-35

The Controller Microcode Version and Revision Level information contains vendor

unique ASCII data.

A MC (Medium Changer) bit set to one indicates that a Medium Changer is installed.

A MC bit set to zero indicates that a Medium Changer is not installed.

If a Medium Changer is installed, then the MC bit will be set in INQUIRY data gener-

ated for any logical unit whether or not the logical unit is attached. If the MC bit indi-

cates that a Medium Changer is installed, then INQUIRY Vital Product Data page C1h

(Configuration page), byte 15 (mc_l_addr) indicates the logical unit address of the

installed Medium Changer.

37-41

42-45

The Microcode Build Date information fields contain the following ASCII data:

The month, day and year when the controller microcode was generated.

The MTU (servo) Microcode Level information fields contain the following ASCII

data:

(a) MTU Engineering Control (EC) level.

(b) MTU Microcode Version.

46-53

The MTU (servo) Microcode Checksum information field contains the checksum of

the MTU microcode (i.e. not including the controller microcode) in ASCII data.

96-103

The Controller Microcode Checksum information field contains the checksum of the

controller microcode (i.e. not including the MTU microcode) in ASCII data.

4-22

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

Table 4-20. Peripheral Qualifiers

DESCRIPTION

QUALIFIER

0 0 0 b

The peripheral device type in bits 0 through 4 is currently connected to this logical unit.

Note: This peripheral qualifier does not imply that the device is ready for access by the initiator.

0 0 1 b

The target is capable of supporting the specified peripheral device type. However, the physical

device is not currently connected to this logical unit.

0 1 0 b

0 1 1 b

Reserved

The logical unit is not capable of supporting a physical device.

Note: For this peripheral qualifier, the peripheral device type is set to 1Fh, indicating unknown or

no device type.

1 X X b

NOT USED

Table 4-21. Peripheral Device Type

CODE

DESCRIPTION

Sequential-access tape device.

01h

Note: When the INQUIRY command is issued for the MTU LUN, the peripheral device type is set to

01h. This indicates a tape device.

Medium changer device type.

Unknown or no device type.

08h

1Fh

Note: This code is generated when the INQUIRY command is issued for a LUN which is neither the

MTU or Medium Changer.

Table 4-22. Possible Peripheral Qualifier and Device Types Generated

PERIPHERAL

QUALIFIER

PERIPHERAL

DEVICE TYPE

LUN

DESCRIPTION

MTU

000b

011b

01h

08h

1Fh

A sequential access device is currently connected to this

logical unit.

A medium changer device is currently connected to this log-

ical unit.

Unknown or not

connected

An unknown or no device type is currently connected to this

logical unit.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-23

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

Table 4-23. Default Vendor and Product Identification Fields

CONTROLLER

PRODUCT ID

LUN

VENDOR ID

LUN PRODUCT ID

MTU

“FUJITSU”

“M2488” (single-ended

SCSI interface)

“M2488”

“M2488D” (differential

SCSI interface)

“FUJITSU”

“M2488” (single-ended

SCSI interface)

“M2488A11” (ACL Medium Changer)

“M2488A12” (FACL Medium Changer)

“M2488A11” (ACL Medium Changer)

“M2488A12” (FACL Medium Changer)

“ ”(i.e. all ASCII spaces)

“M2488D” (differential

SCSI interface)

Unknown or not

connected

“M2488” (single-ended

SCSI interface)

“M2488D” (differential

SCSI interface)

4-3.6.4

INQUIRY Sense Keys

One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated:

SENSE KEY CONDITION

DESCRIPTION

HARDWARE ERROR

1. SCSI interface error occurred due to hardware failure (e.g.

transfer of INQUIRY data failed due to hardware failure).

2. Inquiry data could not be read from NVRAM due to a hardware

error.

ILLEGAL REQUEST

1. Reserved bit was found set in the CDB of the INQUIRY com-

mand.

2. The EVPD bit in the INQUIRY CDB is zero, but the Page Code

field is not zero.

3. An unsupported VPD page was requested in the INQUIRY

CDB.

4. A VPD page was requested from a LUN device type that is

unknown or not connected.

5. Flag bit in the INQUIRY CDB was set and Link bit was not set.

4-24

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

4-3.7

LOAD UNLOAD command 1Bh

The LOAD UNLOAD command performs either a rewind operation or a rewind and unload opera-

tion. Prior to performing either of these operations, any buffered write data and buffered filemarks are

written to the tape. Also, prior to unloading a cartridge the Statistical Log Sense data is cleared.

4-3.7.1

LOAD UNLOAD CDB Description

LOAD UNLOAD is a six-byte command. The bytes are shown below and described in Table 4-

24. Common fields are described in paragraph 4-3.1 on page 4-4.

BITS

BYTES

LUN

Reserved

Immed

Reserved

Reserved *

Reten

Flag

Load

Link

Reserved

Note: Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded.

* This bit has an ANSI definition other than reserved; however the ANSI definition of the bit is not applicable for this

product. The bit is indicated as reserved since it should always be set to 0 for this product.

Table 4-24. LOAD UNLOAD Field Description

BYTE

BIT

VALUE

DESCRIPTION

0-7

1Bh Operation code.

If Immed (Immediate) bit is 0, status is not returned for the LOAD

UNLOAD command until the load or unload operation has completed or

has failed.

If Immed is 1, Status is returned for the LOAD UNLOAD command as

soon as the CDB has been validated and any buffered write data and

filemarks have been written to tape. The load or unload operation has been

started but not necessarily completed when status is returned.

If Load is 0, rewind tape and unload tape cartridge.

If Load is 1, rewind tape.

0 or 1 The Reten (retension) bit can be set to 0 or 1. The tape unit performs no

extra actions whether or not the bit is set.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-25

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

Medium Changer:

If a Medium Changer is attached then an automatic load of the next tape cartridge may occur fol-

lowing the Tape Unit unload operation (Load bit = 0). The decision to perform this automatic load

is based upon:

(a) the Medium Changer’s mode setting (Manual, Automatic or System),

(b) the presence of other tape cartridges and

See the description of the Medium Changer for more details. If an automatic load occurs, the

LOAD UNLOAD command will not return status until the automatic load completes.

4-3.7.2

LOAD UNLOAD CHECK CONDITION Status

If the status reported for the previous command was a CHECK CONDITION because data could

no longer be written to the tape, then any buffered data is discarded before any load or unload

operation occurs.

If a Medium Changer is attached but the changer is in System Mode¹, then no load or unload oper-

ation is performed and CHECK CONDITION status is reported. The sense key reported is ILLE-

GAL REQUEST.

If CHECK CONDITION status is reported for a LOAD UNLOAD command with the Immediate

bit set to 1 then the load or unload operation is not performed.

1. The mode of the Medium Changer can be set either by using the Medium Changer’s operator panel or by using

the Medium Changer’s MODE SELECT command.

4-26

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

4-3.7.3

LOAD UNLOAD Sense Keys

One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated:

SENSE KEY CONDITION

DESCRIPTION

RECOVERED ERROR

NOT READY

Recovery was performed when writing buffered data before the load

or unload operation occurred.

Logical Unit was not ready. (Tape cartridge was not loaded or logical

unit was not made ready)

MEDIUM ERROR

1. Write of buffered data failed due to a defective tape.

2. An attempt was made to write 36-track data on 18-track formatted

medium.

HARDWARE ERROR

ILLEGAL REQUEST

1. Write of buffered data failed due to a hardware failure.

2. The load or unload operation was not completed because of a hard-

ware failure.

1. Reserved bit was found set in the CDB of the LOAD UNLOAD

command.

2. Medium Changer is attached but it was in System Mode when the

LOAD UNLOAD command was issued.

UNIT ATTENTION

Indicates the LOAD UNLOAD command was not performed due to

one of the following:

1. The tape cartridge may have been changed.

2. The target has been reset.

3. The Mode parameters have been changed by another initiator.

4. The version of the microcode has been changed (microcode down-

loaded).

5. A cartridge was loaded with a tape length that is too long or too

short.

ABORTED COMMAND

LOAD UNLOAD command was aborted. The LOAD UNLOAD

command can be reissued.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-27

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

4-3.8

LOCATE command 2Bh

The LOCATE command causes the tape unit to position to a specific logical location. The Block

address field specifies the target location; the logical unit positions in front of the block associated

with the Block address (i.e. on the BOT side of the block.) Any buffered write data and filemarks are

written to the tape before the locate operation occurs.

4-3.8.1

LOCATE CDB Description

LOCATE is a ten-byte command. The bytes are shown below and described in Table 4-25. Com-

mon fields are described in paragraph 4-3.1 on page 4-4.

BITS

BYTES

LUN

Reserved

Immed

MSB

Block Address

LSB

Link

Reserved

Partition

Reserved

Flag

Note: Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded.

Table 4-25. LOCATE Field Description

BYTE

BIT

VALUE

DESCRIPTION

0-7

2Bh Operation code.

If Immed (Immediate) =0, status is not returned for the LOCATE com-

mand until the locate operation has completed or has failed

If Immed bit = 1, status is returned for the LOCATE command as soon as

the CDB has been validated and any buffered write data and filemarks have

been written to tape. The locate operation has been started but not neces-

sarily completed when status is returned.

If CP bit =0, the Change Partition field is ignored. (The tape format only

supports one partition, partition 0, so this field should only be set to 0 when

the CP bit is set to 1.)

If CP bit =1, the Change Partition field specifies the target partition.

4-28

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

Table 4-25. LOCATE Field Description (Continued)

BYTE

BIT

VALUE

DESCRIPTION

The Block Address Type (BT) is interpreted as a logical block address.

The first filemark or data block on tape is assigned logical block address 0;

logical block addresses increase by 1 for each data block and filemark

thereafter. The maximum Logical block address is 3FFEFFh.

The Block address is interpreted as a device specific block address. For

this tape unit these addresses are also known as Block IDs. The Block ID

consists of four fields: Wrap, Physical reference, Format code and Logical

block position. The format of a Block ID is shown in Table 4-26.

3-6

Block Address

The Partition field specifies the target position.

The high speed locate is at 4 meters per second. High speed positioning will not occur if the Block

Address Type (BT) bit is 0. It will also not occur if the BT bit is 1 and the Wrap and Physical ref-

erence fields of the Block address are both 0.

Table 4-26. Block ID Format

BITS

BYTES

Wrap

Physical Reference

Format Code

Logical Block Position (MSB)

Logical Block Position (middle significant bits)

Logical Block Position (LSB)

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-29

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

Table 4-27. Block ID Format Field Description

BYTE

BIT

VALUE

DESCRIPTION

0-6

The Physical reference field can either be 0 or in the range 1 to 95.

The value 0 indicates that a valid physical reference value is not known for the

target position.

1 to 95 The values in the range 1 to 95 indicate an approximate physical location on tape

close to the target position. When the Physical reference value is not 0, the tape

unit can use the value to perform a high speed locate to get close to the target

position.

The Wrap field indicates whether the target position is in the first wrap or second

wrap ^aof tape.

If Wrap equals 0 then the target position is in the first wrap.

If Wrap equals 1 then the target position is in the second wrap.

If the wrap of the target position is unknown then the Wrap field should be set to

6-7

The Format code field indicates the format of the tape cartridge. The meaning of

the possible values are described in Table 4-28.

2-3

0-5

0-7

A unique Logical block position is associated with each data block and filemark

written on a tape. The first filemark or data block on tape is assigned Logical

block position 0; the Logical block position increases by 1 for each data block

and filemark thereafter. The maximum Logical block position is 3FFFEFh.

a. A 36 track tape consists of two interleaved groups of 18 tracks; each group is called a wrap. The first wrap is

written first and runs from Physical BOT towards Physical EOT. The second wrap is written second and runs

from Physical EOT towards Physical BOT. The tape unit hides the transition from the first wrap to the second

wrap so that the user sees an [abstract] continuous length of tape running from Logical BOT (the beginning of

the first wrap) to Logical EOT (the end of the second wrap).

Table 4-28. Format Mode Values

FORMAT CODE VALUE

FORMAT

00b

01b

10b

11b

18 track, non-packeted

36 track, packeted

18 track, packeted

reserved

If the Format code field is set to 11b then the LOCATE command is rejected. The Format code

field is not checked against the actual format of the tape. This field is ignored except when it con-

tains the reserved value 11b.

Values for the Wrap, Physical reference and Format mode fields are reported by the READ POSI-

TION command (with its BT bit set to 1.) These values are also reported in Sense data when the

Sense data contains a Block ID.

4-30

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

4-3.8.2

4-3.8.3

LOCATE CHECK CONDITION Status

If CHECK CONDITION status is reported for a LOCATE command with the Immediate bit set to

1, then the locate operation is not performed.

LOCATE Sense Keys

One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated:

SENSE KEY

CONDITION

DESCRIPTION

RECOVERED ERROR

Recovery was performed when writing buffered data before the

locate occurred.

NOT READY

Logical Unit was not ready. (Tape cartridge was not loaded or log-

ical unit was not made ready).

MEDIUM ERROR

1. Write of buffered data failed due to a defective tape.

2. An attempt was made to write 36-track data on 18-track format-

ted medium.

3. The tape length in the cartridge is too long or too short.

HARDWARE ERROR

ILLEGAL REQUEST

1. Write of buffered data failed due to a hardware failure.

2. The locate operation was not completed because of a hardware

failure.

1. Reserved bit was found set in the CDB of the LOCATE com-

mand.

2. Block address field contains an illegal address.

3. Change Partition bit was set to 1 and the Partition field was not

4. Format code field of the Device Specific Block Address con-

tains an illegal value.

5. The Flag bit was set but the Link bit was not set.

UNIT ATTENTION

Indicates the LOCATE command was not performed due to one of

the following:

1. The tape cartridge may have been changed.

2. The target has been reset.

3. The Mode parameters have been changed by another initiator.

4. The version of the microcode has been changed (microcode

downloaded).

5. A cartridge was loaded with a tape length that is too long or too

short.

ABORTED COMMAND

LOCATE command was aborted. The LOCATE command can be

reissued.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-31

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

4-3.9

LOG SELECT command 4Ch

The LOG SELECT command provides a means for the initiator to manage statistical information

maintained by the target about itself and attached logical units. It is a complementary command to

the LOG SENSE command. Log data is collected within the target on a per event basis regardless of

the initiator ID.

4-3.9.1

LOG SELECT CDB Description

LOG SELECT is a ten-byte command. The bytes are shown below and described in Table 4-29.

Common fields are described in paragraph 4-3.1 on page 4-4.

BITS

BYTES

LUN

Reserved

PCR=1

Reserved

MSB

Parameter List Length

LSB

Link

Reserved

Flag

Note: Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded.

Table 4-29. LOG SELECT Field Description

BYTE

BIT

VALUE

DESCRIPTION

0-7

4Ch Operation code.

1b Parameter Code Reset (PCR)

6-7

01b The Page Control (PC) field defines the type of parameter values to be

selected. The only supported PC value is 01b (current cumulative values).

7-8

Parameter List Length

4-3.9.2

LOG SELECT CHECK CONDITION Status

A LOG SELECT command, with the parameter code reset bit (PCR) set, a PC of 01b, and a

parameter list length of zero from any initiator, causes the target to reset parameters maintained in

its Log pages.

Any values other than those indicated will result in CHECK CONDITION status with ILLEGAL

REQUEST.

4-32

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

4-3.10

LOG SENSE command 4Dh

The LOG SENSE Command provides a means for the initiator to retrieve statistical information

maintained by the target about itself and attached logical units. It is a complementary command to

the LOG SELECT command. Log data is collected within the target on a per event basis regardless of

the initiator ID.

4-3.10.1

LOG SENSE CDB Description

LOG SENSE is a ten-byte command. The bytes are shown below and described in Table 4-34.

Common fields are described in paragraph 4-3.1 on page 4-4.

BITS

BYTES

LUN

Reserved

PPC=0b

PC=01b

Page Code

Reserved

MSB

Parameter Pointer

Allocation Length

LSB

Link

Reserved

Flag

Note: Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded.

Table 4-30. LOG SENSE Field Description

BYTE

BIT

VALUE

4Dh Operation code.

0b The Parameter Pointer Control (PPC) bit controls the type of parameters

DESCRIPTION

0-7

requested from the target. The PPC bit must be zero indicating that the log

parameter requested from the target shall begin with the parameter code specified

in the Parameter Pointer field and return the number of bytes specified by the

Allocation Length field in ascending order of parameter codes from the specified

log page. A PPC bit of zero and a Parameter Pointer field of zero shall cause all

available log parameters for the specified log page to be returned to the initiator

subject to the specified allocation length.

0-5

6-7

The Page Code field identifies which page of data is being requested. The page

codes are described in Table 4-31.

01b A Page Control field (PC) of 01b must be specified to indicate that the target’s

current cumulative counter values for the specified log pages are returned.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-33

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

Table 4-30. LOG SENSE Field Description (Continued)

BYTE

BIT

VALUE

DESCRIPTION

5-6

The Parameter Pointer field allows the initiator to request parameter data begin-

ning from a specific parameter code to the maximum allocation length or the

maximum parameter code supported by the target, whichever is less. If the value

of the Parameter Pointer field is larger than the largest available parameter code

that can be returned by the target on the specified page, the target shall terminate

the command with CHECK CONDITION status. The sense key shall be set to

ILLEGAL REQUEST and the additional sense code shall be set to INVALID

FIELD IN CDB.

7-8

0-1E9h Allocation Length

Table 4-31. Page Codes

DESCRIPTION

PAGE CODE

00h

02h

03h

0Ch

Supported Log Pages

Error Counter Page (Write)

Error Counter Page (Read)

Sequential-access device page (support for this feature is dependent on the setting of bit 6 (0x40) in

feature setting FT5 as described in the M2488 User’s Guide).

31h

3Eh

Track Error Statistics

Return All Supported Pages

Any other value in the Page Code field will result in CHECK CONDITION status with a sense key

of ILLEGAL REQUEST.

A value in the PPC field of other than 0b will be rejected with a CHECK CONDITION status with

a sense key of ILLEGAL REQUEST.

A value in the PC field of other than 01b will be rejected with a CHECK CONDITION status with

a sense key of ILLEGAL REQUEST.

When the Page Code Field contains 3Eh, the controller will attempt to return pages 00h, 02h,03h,

0Ch, and 31h in this order. A minimum allocation length of 1E9h is required to receive all page

data. If fewer than 1E9h bytes are requested, then that number of bytes are returned. If more than

1E9h are requested, then only 1E9h bytes are returned.

4-3.10.2

LOG SENSE Operation

All available log parameters for the specified log page are returned to the initiator during a Data In

phase subject to the specified allocation length. The page requested by the Page Code is trans-

ferred in ascending order of parameter codes. A page control field (PC) of 01b must be specified to

indicate that the target’s current cumulative counter values for the specified log page(s) are

returned.

Log data is cleared under the following ANSI defined conditions:

1. SCSI BUS RESET (if operating in hard reset mode).

2. BUS DEVICE RESET.

3. Power on.

4. Valid Log Select command with the parameter code reset bit (PCR) set to 1.

4-34

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

In addition to the ANSI defined conditions for clearing of log data, log data will be cleared by the

following:

1. A LOG SENSE command (clears counters only for the page requested). The specified page is

returned to its default value even if the Allocation Length field was zero. NOTE: This condition for

clearing the log counters is dependent on the state of bit 7 (0x80) in feature setting FT5 as

described in the M2488 User’s Guide.

2. When a cartridge is unloaded via the LOAD/UNLOAD command, or MOVE MEDIUM com-

mand.

3. MTU not ready to ready transition (e.g. cartridge load operation or pressing the op-panel Reset

key followed by the Start key while a cartridge is in the MTU).

Log counters are not allowed to overflow. When a log counter reaches its maximum value, incre-

menting of all counters within that log page cease until they are cleared by one of the actions listed

above. If a log counter has reached its maximum value and the RLEC bit in the MTU mode page

0Ah is one, the next successful command issued to the device associated with that counter will

receive CHECK CONDITION status with RECOVERED ERROR set in the sense key. The ASC/

ASCQ field will be returned as 5B02h, LOG COUNTERS AT MAXIMUM.

To disable the reporting of log overflow conditions, set the RLEC bit to zero in the Mode Select

page 0Ah (Common device types control parameters).

4-3.10.3

LOG SENSE Parameters

The LOG SENSE command returns data in a page format. Each log page begins with a four-byte

page header followed by zero or more variable length log parameters defined for that page. The log

page format and log parameter format are defined below:

Table 4-32. Log Page Format

BITS

BYTES

Reserved

Page Code

Reserved

2-3

Page Length (n-3)

4 TO X+3

. . .

First Log Parameter (Length x)

More Log Parameters

N-Y TO N

Last Log Parameter (Length y)

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-35

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

Table 4-33. Log Parameter Format

BITS

BYTES

0-1

Parameter Code

ETC=0

DS=1

TSD=1

TMC=0

Reserved

LP=0

Parameter Length = 08h

Parameter Value

4-11

Table 4-34. LOG Parameter Field Description

BYTE

BIT

VALUE

DESCRIPTION

Parameter Control Byte

0b The LP bit is returned as a 0b to indicate that this parameter is not an

ASCII list parameter.

2-3

00b The Threshold Met Criteria field (TMC) is returned as 00b.

0b The Enable Threshold Comparison bit (ETC) is returned as 0b, indicating

that threshold comparisons is not enabled.

1b The Target Save Disable (TSD) bit is returned a 1b, indicating that the tar-

get does not provide a target defined method of saving log parameters.

1b The Disable Save bit (DS) is returned as a 1b, indicating that the saving

that of log parameter is not supported.

0b This log parameter has not caused a “LOG COUNTERS AT MAXIMUM”

condition for this page.

1b The Disable Update bit (DU) is returned as a 1b if updating of counters

within this page is currently disabled as a result of a “LOG COUNTERS

AT MAXIMUM” condition for this log parameter.

0-7

08h The parameter length field specifies the length in bytes of the following

parameter value.

If the initiator sends a parameter length value that results in the truncation of the parameter value,

the target shall terminate the command with CHECK CONDITION status. The sense key is set to

ILLEGAL REQUEST with the additional sense code set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER

LIST.

4-36

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

4-3.10.3.1 Log Sense Pages

Table 4-35. Log Sense Page 00h, Supported Log Pages (default)

BITS

DEFAULT

VALUE

BYTES

00h

Reserved

Page Code

Reserved

0005h

2-3

Page Length

Page supported

00h

02h

03h

31h

3Eh

Table 4-36. Log Sense Page 00h, Supported Log Pages *

BITS

DEFAULT

VALUE

BYTES

00h

Reserved

Page Code

Reserved

Page Length

0006h

2-3

Page supported

00h

02h

03h

0Ch

31h

3Eh

* With “Support Log Page 0Ch” feature active in FT5 setting as described in the M2488 User’s Guide.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-37

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

Table 4-37. Log Sense Page 02h, Error Counter Page - Write

BITS

DEFAULT

VALUE

BYTES

Reserved

Page Code

02h

00h

Reserved

MSB

Page Length

0084h

LSB

WRITE ERRORS RECOVERED BY ECC

MSB

Parameter Code

ETC=0

0000h

LSB

DS=1

TSD=1

TMC=0

Reserved

LP=0

E0h or 60h

08h

Parameter Length (08h)

MSB

Number of Write Data Checks Recovered By ECC (i.e. Errors corrected

without substantial delay)

LSB

WRITE ERRORS DETECTED BY FIRMWARE

MSB

16-

Parameter Code

ETC=0

0001h

LSB

DS=1

TSD=1

TMC=0

Reserved

LP=0

E0h or 60h

08h

Parameter Length

MSB

Number of Write Data Checks Detected By Firmware

(i.e. Error corrected with possible delays)

20-

LSB

TOTAL WRITE BLOCKS CORRECTED BY INTERNAL ERROR RECOVERY ACTIONS

MSB

28-

Parameter Code

ETC=0

0003h

LSB

DS=1

TSD=1

TMC=0

Reserved

LP=0

E0h or 60h

08h

Parameter Length

Total Write Blocks Corrected by internal Error Recovery Actions

MSB

32-

LSB

TOTAL WRITE BYTES

MSB

40-

Parameter Code

ETC=0

0005h

LSB

DS=1

TSD=1

TMC=0

Reserved

LP=0

E0h or 60h

08h

Parameter Length

MSB

44-

Total Bytes Written to Tape

LSB

4-38

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

Table 4-37. Log Sense Page 02h, Error Counter Page - Write (Continued)

BITS

DEFAULT

VALUE

BYTES

BYTES TRANSFERRED FROM INITIATOR

MSB

52-

Parameter Code

ETC=0

9000h

LSB

Reserved

E0h or 60h

08h

DS=1

TSD=1

TMC=0

LP=0

Parameter Length

Total Bytes Transferred from Initiator

MSB

56-

LSB

HOST WRITE DATA RETRANSMISSIONS REQUIRED FOR OTHER THAN SCSI INTERFACE ERRORS

MSB

64-

Parameter Code

ETC=0

9001h

LSB

Reserved

E0h or 60h

08h

DS=1

TSD=1

TMC=0

LP=0

Parameter Length

MSB

Total Host Write data transfer operations that had to be retried for other

than SCSI interface errors (e.g., compression failures, excessive expan-

sion, etc.)

68-

LSB

HOST WRITE BLOCKS RECOVERED BY USE OF INTERNAL RECOVERY BUFFER

MSB

76-

Parameter Code

ETC=0

9002h

LSB

Reserved

E0h or 60h

08h

DS=1

TSD=1

TMC=0

LP=0

Parameter Length

Total Host Write Operations Recovered by use of internal recovery buffer

MSB

80-87

LSB

TOTAL WRITE BLOCKS

MSB

88-

Parameter Code

ETC=0

9003h

LSB

Reserved

E0h or 60h

08h

DS=1

TSD=1

TMC=0

LP=0

Parameter Length

Total Blocks Written to tape (excluding tapemarks)

MSB

92-

LSB

TOTAL TAPEMARKS WRITTEN

MSB

100-

101

Parameter Code

ETC=0

9004h

LSB

E0h or 60h

08h

102

103

DS=1

TSD=1

TMC=0

LP=0

Parameter Length

MSB

104-

111

Total Tapemarks Written to Tape

CG00000-011503 REV. A

LSB

April 1997

4-39

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

Table 4-37. Log Sense Page 02h, Error Counter Page - Write (Continued)

BITS

DEFAULT

VALUE

BYTES

ERASE GAPS DUE TO RETRY

MSB

112-

113

Parameter Code

ETC=0

9005h

LSB

Reserved

E0h or 60h

08h

114

115

DS=1

TSD=1

TMC=0

LP=0

Parameter Length

Total Number of Erase Gaps (ERG) Due to Retry

MSB

116-

123

LSB

HOST BLOCKS WRITTEN INTO AN EDRC SUPERBLOCK

MSB

124-

125

Parameter Code

ETC=0

9006h

LSB

Reserved

E0h or 60h

08h

126

127

DS=1

TSD=1

TMC=0

LP=0

Parameter Length

Total Host Blocks Written into an EDRC Superblock

MSB

128-

135

LSB

Table 4-38. Log Sense Page 03h, Error Counter Page - Read

BITS

DEFAULT

VALUE

BYTES

03h

00h

Reserved

Page Code

Reserved

Page Length

MSB

0078h

LSB

READ ERRORS RECOVERED BY ECC

MSB

Parameter Code

0000h

LSB

E0h or 60h

08h

DS=1

TSD=1

ETC=0

TMC=0

LP=0

Parameter Length

MSB

Number of Read Data Checks Recovered by ECC (i.e. Errors cor-

rected without substantial delay)

LSB

READ ERRORS DETECTED BY FIRMWARE

MSB

16-

Parameter Code

ETC=0 TMC=0

0001h

LSB

E0h or 60h

DS=1

TSD=1

LP=0

4-40

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

Table 4-38. Log Sense Page 03h, Error Counter Page - Read (Continued)

BITS

DEFAULT

VALUE

BYTES

08h

Parameter Length

MSB

20-

Number of Read Data Checks Detected By Firmware (i.e. Errors

corrected with possible delays)

LSB

TOTAL ERRORS CORRECTED

MSB

28-

Parameter Code

0003h

LSB

E0h or 60h

08h

DS=1

TSD=1

ETC=0

TMC=0

LP=0

Parameter Length

MSB

32-

Total Read Errors Corrected by Internal Error recovery

LSB

TOTAL READ (FORWARD) BYTES

MSB

40-

Parameter Code

0005h

LSB

E0h or 60h

08h

DS=1

TSD=1

ETC=0

TMC=0

LP=0

Parameter Length

MSB

44-

Total Bytes Read from Tape

LSB

BYTES TRANSFERRED TO INITIATOR

MSB

52-

Parameter Code

9010h

LSB

E0h or 60h

08h

DS=1

TSD=1

ETC=0

Parameter Length

Total Bytes Transferred to Initiator

TMC=0

LP=0

MSB

56-

LSB

TOTAL READ BLOCKS THAT WERE RECORDED IN EDRC FORMAT

MSB

64-

Parameter Code

9011h

LSB

E0h or 60h

08h

DS=1

TSD=1

ETC=0

TMC=0

LP=0

Parameter Length

MSB

68-

Total Blocks Read (excluding filemarks)

LSB

TOTAL TAPE MARKS READ

MSB

76-

Parameter Code

9012h

LSB

E0h or 60h

DS=1

TSD=1

ETC=0

TMC=0

LP=0

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-41

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

Table 4-38. Log Sense Page 03h, Error Counter Page - Read (Continued)

BITS

DEFAULT

VALUE

BYTES

08h

Parameter Length

MSB

80-

Total Tape Marks Read

LSB

TOTAL READ BLOCKS THAT WERE NOT RECORDED IN EDRC FORMAT

MSB

88-

Parameter Code

9013h

LSB

E0h or 60h

08h

DS=1

TSD=1

ETC=0

TMC=0

LP=0

Parameter Length

MSB

92-

Total Blocks Read that were not recorded in EDRC format (exclud-

ing filemarks)

LSB

TOTAL HOST BLOCKS CONTAINED IN PHYSICAL BLOCKS READ FROM TAPE

MSB

100-

101

Parameter Code

9014h

LSB

E0h or 60h

08h

102

103

DS=1

TSD=1

ETC=0

TMC=0

LP=0

Parameter Length

MSB

104-

111

Total Host Blocks Contained in Physical Blocks Read From Tape

LSB

READ RETRIES

MSB

112-

113

Parameter Code

ETC=0 TMC=0

9015h

LSB

E0h or 60h

08h

114

115

DS=1

TSD=1

LP=0

Parameter Length

Read Retries

MSB

116-

123

LSB

4-42

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

Table 4-39. Log Sense Page 0Ch, Sequential-Access Device Page

BITS

DEFAULT

VALUE

BYTES

Reserved

Page Code

0Ch

00h

Reserved

MSB

Page Length

003Ch

LSB

WRITE DATA BYTES RECEIVED FROM THE INITIATOR

MSB

Parameter Code

ETC=0

Parameter Length (08h)

0000h

LSB

DS=1

TSD=1

TMC=0

Reserved

LP=0

E0h or 60h

08h

MSB

Number of data bytes received from the initiator during Write command

operations.

LSB

DATA BYTES WRITTEN TO TAPE

MSB

16-

Parameter Code

ETC=0

0001h

LSB

DS=1

TSD=1

TMC=0

Reserved

LP=0

E0h or 60h

08h

Parameter Length

MSB

Number of data bytes written to tape as a result of Write command oper-

ations, not counting ECC and formatting overhead.

20-

LSB

DATA BYTES READ FROM TAPE

MSB

28-

Parameter Code

ETC=0

0002h

LSB

DS=1

TSD=1

TMC=0

Reserved

LP=0

E0h or 60h

08h

Parameter Length

MSB

32-

Number of data bytes read from the tape during Read command opera-

tions, not counting ECC and formatting overhead.

LSB

READ DATA BYTES SENT TO THE INITIATOR

MSB

40-

Parameter Code

ETC=0

0003h

LSB

DS=1

TSD=1

TMC=0

Reserved

LP=0

E0h or 60h

08h

Parameter Length

MSB

44-

Number of data bytes sent to the initiator during Read command opera-

tions.

LSB

CLEANING REQUIRED

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-43

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

Table 4-39. Log Sense Page 0Ch, Sequential-Access Device Page (Continued)

BITS

DEFAULT

VALUE

BYTES

MSB

52-

Parameter Code

ETC=0

0100h

LSB

Reserved

E0h or 60h

08h

DS=1

TSD=1

TMC=0

LP=0

Parameter Length

00h

Cln Req * Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved

MSB

00h

57-

Reserved

LSB

* Note: The Cln Req bit of 1 indicates cleaning is required and a subsequent cleaning cycle has not been

completed. The cleaning required parameter persists across hard resets and power cycles. This bit is

reported as 0 following a successful cleaning cycle.

Table 4-40. Log Sense Page 31h, Track Error Statistics

BITS

DEFAULT

VALUE

BYTES

31h

00h

Reserved

Page Code

Reserved

Page Length

MSB

00D8h

LSB

ERROR STATISTICS BY TRACK

MSB

Parameter Code

ETC=0

9001h

LSB

E0h or 60h

08h

DS=1

TSD=1

TMC=0

LP=0

Parameter Length

MSB

Number of ECC correctable read/write errors detected on track 1

Parameter Code

LSB

16-

9002h

LSB

E0h or 60h

08h

DS=1

TSD=1

ETC=0

TMC=0

LP=0

Parameter Length

MSB

20-

Number of ECC correctable read/write errors detected on track 2

Parameter Code

LSB

28-

9003h

LSB

E0h or 60h

DS=1

TSD=1

ETC=0

TMC=0

LP=0

4-44

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

Table 4-40. Log Sense Page 31h, Track Error Statistics (Continued)

BITS

DEFAULT

VALUE

BYTES

08h

Parameter Length

MSB

32-

Number of ECC correctable read/write errors detected on track 3

Parameter Code

LSB

40-

9004h

LSB

E0h or 60h

08h

DS=1

TSD=1

ETC=0

TMC=0

LP=0

Parameter Length

MSB

44-

Number of ECC correctable read/write errors detected on track 4

Parameter Code

LSB

52-

9005h

LSB

E0h or 60h

08h

DS=1

TSD=1

ETC=0

TMC=0

LP=0

Parameter Length

MSB

56-

Number of ECC correctable read/write errors detected on track 5

Parameter Code

LSB

64-

9006h

LSB

E0h or 60h

08h

DS=1

TSD=1

ETC=0

TMC=0

LP=0

Parameter Length (08h)

MSB

68-

Number of ECC correctable read/write errors detected on track 6

Parameter Code

LSB

76-

9007h

LSB

E0h or 60h

08h

DS=1

TSD=1

ETC=0

TMC=0

LP=0

Parameter Length (08h)

MSB

80-

Number of ECC correctable read/write errors detected on track 7

Parameter Code

LSB

88-

9008h

LSB

E0h or 60h

08h

DS=1

TSD=1

ETC=0

TMC=0

LP=0

Parameter Length

MSB

92-

Number of ECC correctable read/write errors detected on track 8

Parameter Code

LSB

100-

101

9009h

LSB

E0h or 60h

102

DS=1

TSD=1

ETC=0

TMC=0

LP=0

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-45

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

Table 4-40. Log Sense Page 31h, Track Error Statistics (Continued)

BITS

DEFAULT

VALUE

BYTES

103

Parameter Length

08h

MSB

104-

111

Number of ECC correctable read/write errors detected on track 9

Parameter Code

LSB

112-

113

900Ah

LSB

E0h or 60h

08h

114

115

DS=1

TSD=1

ETC=0

TMC=0

LP=0

Parameter Length

MSB

116-

123

Number of ECC correctable read/write errors detected on track 10

Parameter Code

LSB

124-

125

900Bh

LSB

E0h or 60h

08h

126

127

DS=1

TSD=1

ETC=0

TMC=0

LP=0

Parameter Length

MSB

128-

135

Number of ECC correctable read/write errors detected on track 11

Parameter Code

LSB

136-

137

900Ch

LSB

E0h or 60h

08h

138

139

DS=1

TSD=1

ETC=0

TMC=0

LP=0

Parameter Length

MSB

140-

147

Number of ECC correctable read/write errors detected on track 12

Parameter Code

LSB

148-

149

900Dh

LSB

E0h or 60h

08h

150

151

DS=1

TSD=1

ETC=0

TMC=0

LP=0

Parameter Length

MSB

152-

159

Number of ECC correctable read/write errors detected on track 13

Parameter Code

LSB

160-

161

900Eh

LSB

E0h or 60h

08h

162

163

DS=1

TSD=1

ETC=0

TMC=0

LP=0

Parameter Length

MSB

164-

171

Number of ECC correctable read/write errors detected on track 14

Parameter Code

LSB

172-

173

900Fh

LSB

E0h or 60h

174

DS=1

TSD=1

ETC=0

TMC=0

LP=0

4-46

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

Table 4-40. Log Sense Page 31h, Track Error Statistics (Continued)

BITS

DEFAULT

VALUE

BYTES

175

Parameter Length

08h

MSB

176-

183

Number of ECC correctable read/write errors detected on track 15

Parameter Code

LSB

184-

185

9010h

LSB

E0h or 60h

08h

186

187

DS=1

TSD=1

ETC=0

TMC=0

LP=0

Parameter Length

MSB

188-

195

Number of ECC correctable read/write errors detected on track 16

Parameter Code

LSB

196-

197

9011h

LSB

E0h or 60h

08h

198

199

DS=1

TSD=1

ETC=0

TMC=0

LP=0

Parameter Length

MSB

200-

207

Number of ECC correctable read/write errors detected on track 17

Parameter Code

LSB

208-

209

9012h

LSB

E0h or 60h

08h

210

211

DS=1

TSD=1

ETC=0

TMC=0

LP=0

Parameter Length

MSB

212-

219

Number of ECC correctable read/write errors detected on track 18

LSB

** NOTE **

The sum of ECC correctable errors by track may not be equal to the

total number of Read Data checks recovered by ECC. These hard-

ware indicators are transitory and reflect only the tracks correcting at

the end of the read or read after write operation.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-47

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

4-3.10.4

LOG SENSE Sense Keys

One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated:

SENSE KEY CONDITION

DESCRIPTION

RECOVERED ERROR

Recovery was performed when writing buffered data to tape.

MEDIUM ERROR

1. Writing buffered data to tape failed due to defective tape.

2. An attempt was made to write 36-track data on 18-track format-

ted medium.

HARDWARE ERROR

ILLEGAL REQUEST

Write buffered data to tape failed due to a hardware error.

1. Reserved bit was found set in the CDB of the LOG SENSE

command.

2. The Flag bit was set but the Link bit was not set.

3. The Page Code field contained values other than 00h, 02h, 03h,

0Ch, 31h, and 3Eh.

4. The PPC field contained a value other than 0b.

5. The PC field contained a value other than 01b.

UNIT ATTENTION

Indicates the LOG SENSE command was not performed due to

one of the following:

1. The tape cartridge may have been changed.

2. The target has been reset.

3. The Mode parameters have been changed by another initiator.

4. The version of the microcode has been changed (microcode

downloaded).

5. A cartridge was loaded with a tape length that is too long or too

short.

4-48

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

4-3.11

LOOP WRITE TO READ command C1h

The LOOP WRITE TO READ (LWR) command transfers one block of data from the initiator and

performs an internal LWR operation. This command is used to check the controller’s data and control

path; the data path checked includes the analog circuitry. After the receipt of a valid LWR command,

tape synchronization is performed prior to execution of the LOOP WRITE TO READ operation.

4-3.11.1

LOOP WRITE TO READ CDB Description

LOOP WRITE TO READ is a ten-byte command. The bytes are shown below and described in

Table 4-41. Common fields are described in paragraph 4-3.1 on page 4-4.

BITS

BYTES

LUN

Reserved

Fixed

MSB

Transfer Length

LSB

Reserved

Flag

Link

Note: Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded.

Table 4-41. LOOP WRITE TO READ Field Description

BYTE

BIT

VALUE

C1h Operation code.

DESCRIPTION

0-7

The Fixed bit specifies both the meaning of the transfer length field and whether

fixed-length or variable-length block(s) are to be transferred.

If the Fixed bit is zero, a single block is transferred from the initiator and looped

through the controller.

If the Fixed bit is set to one, the transfer length field specifies the number of block(s)

to be transferred from the initiator. This form of the LWR command is valid only if

the logical unit is currently operating in fixed block mode (i.e., it has been instructed

to use fixed-length blocks by a MODE SELECT command). Only a block count of 0

or 1 may be specified.

2-4

The Transfer Length specifies the length of the block to be transferred from the ini-

tiator.

If the transfer length specified by the LWR command is 0, no data is transferred and

this condition is not considered an error.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-49

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

Data is transferred in the mode selected by the MODE SELECT command.

LOOP WRITE TO READ CHECK CONDITION Status

4-3.11.2

This control unit implements both fixed-block and variable-block modes. If the Fixed bit is one

and the current mode is variable (as set by MODE SELECT command or default power on condi-

tion) the command is rejected with a CHECK CONDITION and a sense key of ILLEGAL

REQUEST. If the Fixed bit is zero, the LWR command operates in variable block mode regardless

of the current mode set by MODE SELECT.

If the LWR operation fails, CHECK CONDITION status is generated and the sense key is set to

HARDWARE ERROR.

4-3.11.3

LOOP WRITE TO READ Sense Keys

One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated:

SENSE KEY CONDITION

DESCRIPTION

RECOVERED ERROR

1. Recovery was performed when transferring data from the initia-

tor.

2. Recovery was performed when writing buffered data to tape.

MEDIUM ERROR

Writing buffered data to tape failed due to defective tape.

HARDWARE ERROR

1. Transferring data from the initiator failed due to a hardware

failure.

2. Writing buffered data to tape failed due to a hardware failure.

3. The loop write to read operation failed.

ILLEGAL REQUEST

UNIT ATTENTION

1. Reserved bit was found set in the CDB of the LWR command.

2. The Fixed bit was set to one, but the current mode is variable

(as set by MODE SELECT or default power on condition).

3. The Flag bit was set but the Link bit was not set.

Indicates the LOOP WRITE TO READ command was not per-

formed due to one of the following:

1. The tape cartridge may have been changed.

2. The target has been reset.

3. The Mode parameters have been changed by another initiator.

4. The version of the microcode has been changed (microcode

downloaded).

5. A cartridge was loaded with a tape length that is too long or too

short.

ABORTED COMMAND

VOLUME OVERFLOW

LWR command was aborted.

Buffered write data could not be written to tape because physical

End-of-Tape has been reached.

4-50

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

4-3.12

MODE SELECT command 15h

The MODE SELECT command provides a means for the initiator to specify medium, logical unit,

and peripheral device parameters to the target by sending data relevant to such parameters in a

DATA OUT phase during the command. Initiators should issue MODE SENSE prior to MODE

SELECT to determine supported pages, page lengths, and other parameters. A single set of MODE

SELECT parameters kept by the controller is common to all initiators for a specific LUN. The

MODE SELECT command can be completed without error whether or not the LUN is ready. Buff-

ered write data is synchronized to tape prior to activating the new mode parameters.

4-3.12.1

MODE SELECT CDB Description

MODE SELECT is a six-byte command. The bytes are shown below and described in Table 4-42.

Common fields are described in paragraph 4-3.1 on page 4-4

BITS

BYTES

LUN

Reserved

Parameter List Length

Reserved

Flag

Link

Note: Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded.

Table 4-42. MODE SELECT Field Description

DESCRIPTION

VALU

BYTE

BIT

0-7

15h Operation Code.

A Save Pages (SP) bit of zero indicates the target shall perform the specified MODE

SELECT operation, and shall not save any pages in non-volatile memory.

A SP bit of one indicates that the target shall perform the specified MODE SELECT

operation, and shall save to a non-volatile location all the savable pages sent during

the DATA OUT phase.

0 or 1 A PF (Page Format) bit of 0 or 1 both indicate that the MODE SELECT parameters

are structured as pages of related parameters as defined by the ANSI standard.

0-7

The Parameter List Length field specifies the length in bytes of the MODE SELECT

parameter list to be transferred from the initiator to the target. A parameter list length

of zero indicates that no data is transferred. This condition is not considered an error.

The Unit Attention/Mode Parameters Changed sense data will be reported to other initiators after a

Mode Select command if and only if the setting of at least one parameter was actually changed

from its previous setting. Therefore, issuing a Mode Select command with parameters that are the

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-51

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

same as the current parameters will not result in any change or the reporting of a Unit Attention to

other initiators. In any case, a Unit Attention condition due to mode parameters being changed will

not be generated for the initiator that performed the MODE SELECT command.

4-3.12.2

Mode Select Data

The Mode Select data to be sent by the initiator should be in the form of a four-byte header, fol-

lowed by a zero or an eight-byte block descriptor, followed by zero or more variable length pages.

The following table illustrates the format of the Mode Select parameter list:

Table 4-43. MODE SELECT Parameter List Format

BITS

BYTES

0 - n

Mode Parameter Header (4 bytes). See Table 4-44.

Block Descriptor (0 or 8 bytes). See Table 4-47.

Pages. See Table 4-49.

Mode Select Parameter List Header:

Table 4-44. MODE SELECT Parameter Header

BITS

BYTES

Reserved

Buffered Mode

Speed

Block Descriptor Length (00h or 08h)

Table 4-45. MODE SELECT Parameter Header Field Description

BYTE

BIT

VALUE

DESCRIPTION

0-3

The Speed field is ignored since the attached peripherals support only a

single speed.

4-6

0-7

0h-7h

The Buffered Modes are described in Table 4-46.

A single block descriptor may be specified. The Block Descriptor Length

specifies the length in bytes (8) of the block descriptor, if included.

4-52

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

Table 4-46. Buffered Mode Values

DESCRIPTION

BUFFERED

MODE

Target does not report a GOOD status on WRITE commands until the data blocks are actually written on

the medium.

The Target may report GOOD status on WRITE commands as soon as all of the data specified in the

WRITE command has been transferred to the buffer. Write data from multiple initiators can reside in the

buffer prior to writing the data to the medium (default).

The Target may report GOOD status on WRITE commands as soon as all of the write data has successfully

transferred to the target’s buffer from any one initiator prior to writing the block(s) to the medium. If an ini-

tiator issued a WRITE command while the buffer contains write data from a different initiator, the target

writes any buffered data to the medium prior to accepting any data from the new initiator.

3h -7h

Reserved

Block Descriptor:

A Block Descriptor Length of 0 indicates no block descriptors are included in the parameter list.

This condition is not considered an error. The block descriptor length does not include the length

of the pages.

The block descriptor specifies the medium characteristics for all of a logical unit. The block

descriptor contains the Density Code, number of blocks, and block length fields.

Table 4-47. Block Descriptor

BITS

BYTES

1-3

Density Code

Number of Blocks = 000000h

Reserved

5-7

Block Length

Table 4-48. Block Descriptor Field Description

BYTE

BIT

VALUE

DESCRIPTION

0-3

Density Codes of 00h and 09h write tapes in the format described by ANSI

standard X3B5/94-043 (36-track), and read tapes in the formats described

by ANSI standard X3B5/94-043 (36-track), X3.180-1990 (18-track) and

X3.224.1992 (18-track extended). A Density Code of 7Fh indicates the

Density Code is not changed. Any other code specification is rejected with

a CHECK CONDITION status with the sense key set to ILLEGAL

REQUEST, and the additional sense key set to INVALID FIELD IN

PARAMETER LIST.

NOTE: Since the ANSI SCSI-2 Standard does not define a 36-track for-

mat, we use Density Code 09h to represent the 36-track format.

Density Code 28h is described in Chapter 5.

1-3

The Number of Blocks field must contain 0. This indicates that all of the

remaining logical blocks of the logical unit have the medium characteris-

tics specified by the block descriptor unless a subsequent MODE SELECT

command changes those parameters.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-53

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

Table 4-48. Block Descriptor Field Description (Continued)

BYTE

BIT

VALUE

DESCRIPTION

5-7

The Block Length field specifies the length in bytes of each logical block

described by the block descriptor. A block length of 0 indicates the length

is variable. Reference the READ BLOCK LIMITS command description

for the minimum and maximum block lengths supported.

Page Descriptor:

Table 4-49. Page Descriptors

BITS

BYTES

PS=0

Reserved

Page Code

Additional Page Length (see section 5-2 on page 5-1)

Page Defined or Vendor Unique Parameter Bytes

2 - N

Table 4-50. Page Descriptor Field Description

BYTE

BIT

VALUE

DESCRIPTION

0-5

Following the block descriptor (if supplied) are MODE SELECT pages.

The Page Code field identifies the format and parameters for that page.

This controller supports pages 01h (Error Recovery and Reporting), 02h

(Disconnect/Reconnect control), 0Ah (Control Mode Page), 10h (Device

Configuration Parameters) and 00h (Vendor Unique Parameters).

0h When using a MODE SELECT command, the PS (Parameters Savable) bit

is reserved and must be zero.

0-7

The Additional Page Length indicates the number of bytes in that page.

The additional page length field value does not include bytes 0 and 1 of

that page (the page code and additional page length fields, respectively). If

the initiator does not set this value to the value that is returned for the page

by the MODE SENSE command, the target will present CHECK CONDI-

TION status with the sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and the addi-

tional sense code set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST.

If the initiator sends page fields with values that are not supported by the target or are not Change-

able, the target returns a CHECK CONDITION status with the sense key field set to ILLEGAL

REQUEST in the sense data. In this case, no parameters are changed by this command.

More information on the MODE SELECT command can be found in paragraph 5-2 on page 5-1.

4-54

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

4-3.12.3

MODE SELECT Sense Keys

One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated:

SENSE KEY CONDITION

DESCRIPTION

RECOVERED ERROR

MEDIUM ERROR

Recovery was performed when writing buffered data before the buff-

ered mode operation occurred in MODE SELECT command.

1. Write of buffered data failed due to defective tape.

2. An attempt was made to write 36-track data on 18-track formatted

medium.

HARDWARE ERROR

ILLEGAL REQUEST

1. SCSI interface error occurred due to hardware failure (e.g. transfer

of MODE SELECT data failed due to hardware failure).

2. Write of buffered data failed due to a hardware failure.

1. Reserved bit was found set in the CDB of the MODE SELECT

command.

2. Flag bit in the MODE SELECT CDB was set and Link bit was not

set.

3. There is a parameter list error.

UNIT ATTENTION

Indicates the MODE SELECT command was not performed due to

one of the following:

1. The tape cartridge may have been changed.

2. The target has been reset.

3. The Mode parameters have been changed by another initiator.

4. The version of the microcode has been changed (microcode down-

loaded).

5. A cartridge was loaded with a tape length that is too long or too

short.

ABORTED COMMAND

VOLUME OVERFLOW

MODE SELECT command was aborted.

Write of buffered data prior to the MODE SELECT operation failed

because physical End-of-Tape has been reached.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-55

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

4-3.13

MODE SENSE command 1Ah

The MODE SENSE command provides a means for a target to report its medium, logical unit, or

peripheral device parameters to the initiator by sending the parameters during the data phase of this

command. The MODE SENSE command is a complementary command to the MODE SELECT

command.

4-3.13.1

MODE SENSE CDB Description

MODE SENSE is a six-byte command. The bytes are shown below and described in Table 4-51.

Common fields are described in paragraph 4-3.1 on page 4-4.

BITS

BYTES

LUN

Reserved

DBD

Reserved

Page Code

Reserved

Allocation Length

Reserved

Flag

Link

Note: Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded.

Table 4-51. MODE SENSE Field Description

BYTE

BIT

VALUE

1Ah Operation code.

DESCRIPTION

0-7

The Disable Block Descriptor (DBD) bit value of 1 specifies that no block

descriptor is returned in the MODE SENSE data.

When this bit is set to 0, the target will return a block descriptor in the MODE

SENSE data.

0-5

The Page Code allows the initiator to select any one specific page or all of the

pages supported by a target. Pages are used to set and return device parameters.

Refer to the Page Code descriptions in Table 5-1 on page 5-1.

6-7

0-7

The Page Control (PC) field indicates the type of page parameter values to be

returned by the target. The PC field is defined in Table 4-52.

The Allocation Length specifies the number of bytes the initiator has allocated

for returned Mode Sense data. An Allocation Length of 00h indicates no Mode

Sense data is to be transferred; this condition is not considered an error.

4-56

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

Table 4-52. PC Field

DESCRIPTION

PC FIELD

BITS

Report Current Values: The current values are those parameters under which the target is presently con-

figured. The current values are defined to be the following:

1. those values set in the last successfully completed MODE SELECT command,

2. saved values if a MODE SELECT hasn’t successfully completed since the last power-on, hard reset

condition, or BUS DEVICE RESET message, or

3. default values if saved values are not available.

Page fields not supported are set to zero. The additional page length field returned by the target indicates

the number of bytes supported in that page.

Report Changeable Values: The changeable values of any page indicate which parameters the initiator

may change by a subsequent MODE SELECT command. Any field allowed to change is set to all ones.

Fields and bits not allowed to be changed by the initiator are set to zero. Attempting to change any field,

via the MODE SELECT command, that is not changeable causes the target to return a CHECK CONDI-

TION status with the sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST in the sense data. In this case, no parameters

in that page are changed. The additional page length field of each page returned by the target indicates the

number of bytes which are supported for that particular page.

Report Default Values: The target returns to the initiator the field values set to the target’s or LUN’s

default values. The additional pages length field of each page returned by the target indicates the number

of bytes supported for that particular page.

Report Saved Values: The target returns the saved values of the mode parameters. Until the first suc-

cessful MODE SELECT command is completed with the SP (Save Pages) bit set to 1, the default values

will be returned for this PC field setting.

The Page Code allows the initiator to select any one specific page or all of the pages supported by

a target. Pages are used to set and return device parameters. If the initiator uses a page code value

not implemented by the target, the target will return CHECK CONDITION status with sense key

set to ILLEGAL REQUEST, and additional sense code to INVALID FIELD IN CDB.

The Allocation Length specifies the number of bytes the initiator has allocated for returned Mode

Sense data. An Allocation Length of 0 indicates no Mode Sense data is to be transferred. This con-

dition is not considered an error. Any other value indicates the maximum number of bytes trans-

ferred. The target terminates the DATA IN phase when allocation length bytes have been

transferred or when all available Mode Sense data have been transferred to the initiator, whichever

is less.

4-3.13.2

Mode Sense Data

The MODE SENSE data contains a four-byte header, followed by 0 or one eight-byte block

descriptors, followed by zero or more variable length pages.

Mode Sense Data Header:

Table 4-53. MODE SENSE Data Header

BITS

DEFAULT

BYTES

MODE SENSE Data Length

Reserved

N.A.

00h

Buffered Mode

Block Descriptor Length

Speed =0h

90h or 10h

00h /08h

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-57

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

Table 4-54. MODE SENSE Data Header Field Description

BYTE

BIT

VALUE

DESCRIPTION

0-7

The MODE SENSE data length specifies the length in bytes, after the data

length field, that are available to be transferred during the DATA IN phase.

The sense data length does not include itself.

0-3

4-6

0h The code value for the Speed field is set to 0h (default).

The Buffered Modes are described in Table 4-55.

A Write Protected (WP) bit of zero indicates the medium is write enabled.

A WP bit of one indicates the medium is write protected.

0-7

08h The block descriptor length specifies a length of eight if a block descriptor

is included.

00h A block descriptor length of zero indicates no block descriptors are

included in the parameter list. This condition is not considered an error.

The block descriptor length does not include the length of the pages.

Table 4-55. Buffered Mode Description

DESCRIPTION

BUFFERED

MODE

Target does not report a GOOD status on WRITE commands until the data blocks are actually written

on the medium.

The Target may report GOOD status on WRITE commands as soon as all of the data specified in the

WRITE command has been transferred to the buffer. Write data from multiple initiators can reside in

the buffer prior to writing the data to the medium (default).

The Target may report GOOD status on WRITE commands as soon as all of the write data has suc-

cessfully transferred to the target’s buffer from any one initiator prior to writing the block(s) to the

medium. If an initiator issued a WRITE command while the buffer contains write data from a different

initiator, the target writes any buffered data to the medium prior to accepting any data from the new

initiator.

3h -7h

Reserved

4-58

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

Block Descriptor:

The block descriptor specifies the medium characteristics for all of a logical unit. The block

descriptor contains a density code of 00h or 09h (default), a number of blocks, and a block length.

Table 4-56. Block Descriptor

BITS

DEFAULT

BYTES

1-3

Density Code = 09h

Number of Blocks = 000000h

Reserved

09h

000000h

00h

5-7

Block Length

00h

Table 4-57. MODE SELECT Parameter Header Field Description

BYTE

BIT

VALUE

DESCRIPTION

0-7

00h, 09h Density codes of 00h and 09h (default) create tapes in the format described

by ANSI standard X3B5/94-043.

Density Code 28h is described in CHAPTER 5.

1-3

5-7

000000h The number of blocks field is always set to zero, indicating that any

remaining logical blocks of the logical unit have the medium characteris-

tics specified by the block descriptor.

00h The block length specifies the length in bytes of each logical block

described by the block descriptor. A block length of zero indicates the

length is variable.

Page Descriptor:

Table 4-58. Page Descriptors

BITS

BYTES

Reserved

Page Code

Additional Page Length

Page Defined or Vendor Unique Parameter Bytes

2 - N

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-59

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

Table 4-59. Page Descriptor Field Description

BYTE

BIT

VALUE

DESCRIPTION

0-5

Following the block descriptor (if supplied) are MODE SELECT pages. The

Page Code field identifies the format and parameters for that page. This control-

ler supports pages 01h (Error Recovery and Reporting), 02h (Disconnect/

Reconnect control), 0Ah (Control Mode Page), 10h (Device Configuration

Parameters) and 00h (Vendor Unique Parameters).

When using the MODE SENSE command, a PS bit of one indicates that the

mode page can be saved by the target in a non-volatile location.

A PS bit of zero indicates that the supported parameters cannot be saved.

0-7

The Additional Page Length indicates the number of bytes in that page. The

additional page length value of each defined page, does not include the Page

Length byte. The target may return in the pages of the MODE SENSE com-

mands as many consecutive bytes as it supports, for each page it supports, with-

out splitting fields of multiple bytes. The page length in the pages of the MODE

SELECT command must be set to the value returned by the target in the MODE

SENSE Page Length bytes. Otherwise, the target creates CHECK CONDITION

status with the sense key of ILLEGAL REQUEST.

4-3.13.3

Mode Settings

When the product is manufactured, the saved mode settings are initialized to the default mode set-

tings; the saved mode settings will then change after each successful MODE SELECT with the SP

bit equal to 1. Following a power on, SCSI bus reset, or BUS DEVICE RESET message, the saved

mode settings are copied into the current mode settings. So, if a MODE SENSE is issued when the

box is first shipped (previous to any successful MODE SELECT with SP=1), then the default set-

tings will be reported when the PC field selects default, saved or current parameters. Following a

power up (after a successful MODE SELECT with SP=1), the saved settings are reported if cur-

rent or saved values are selected by the PC field; the default settings are reported if default values

are selected by the PC field.

More information on the MODE SENSE command can be found in section 5-2 on page 5-1.

4-3.13.4

Initiator Setup

To ensure that the MODE SELECT command performs the desired operations, it is strongly rec-

ommended that the initiator adhere to the following steps:

a. Issue a MODE SENSE command requesting the target to return all Changeable Values (PC

field 01b and Page Code 3Fh in byte two of the MODE SENSE CDB) and preserve the

“changeable” values,

b. Issue a MODE SENSE command requesting the target to return all Current Values (PC field

00b and Page Code 3Fh in byte two of the MODE SENSE CDB) and preserve the “current” val-

ues,

c. Perform a bitwise AND operation of the “current” values with the one’s complement of the

“changeable” values, (this step is important because the target will not accept the command if

any non-changeable field is set to a value other than the “current” value)

d. Make further desired changes to bytes which are changeable,

e. Make sure that the PS bit in every mode page is 0 (the MODE SENSE command will report a 1

in the PS bit, but a MODE SELECT command will fail if mode pages are sent with the PS bit

4-60

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

set to 1) with a CHECK CONDITION status with the sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST

and the additional sense key set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST,

f. Issue a MODE SELECT command, sending these parameters,

The Disable Block Descriptor (DBD) bit value of 1 specifies that no block descriptor is returned

in the MODE SENSE data. When this bit is set to 0, the target will return a block descriptor in

the MODE SENSE data.

The Page Control (PC) field indicates the type of page parameter values to be returned by the

target. The target returns the same page length for each supported page regardless of the value

in the PC. The combination of the page control field value and the page code being set causes

the target to return the appropriate values for the page selected by its respective page code. A

page code value of 3Fh indicates all pages implemented by the target are returned to the initia-

tor with the values reported defined by the page control field. For a page code value of 3Fh, all

pages are returned in ascending page code order, except for mode page 00h which will always

be reported last.

Regardless of the setting of the PC field, the Mode Sense data header and block descriptor will

return the current values for the fields contained in them.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-61

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

4-3.13.5

MODE SENSE Sense Keys

One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated:

SENSE KEY CONDITION

DESCRIPTION

RECOVERED ERROR

Recovery was performed when writing buffered data, before the

buffered mode operation occurred in MODE SENSE command.

MEDIUM ERROR

1. Write of buffered data failed due to a defective tape.

2. An attempt was made to write 36-track data on 18-track format-

ted medium.

HARDWARE ERROR

1. SCSI interface error occurred due to a hardware failure (e.g.

transfer of MODE SENSE data failed due to a hardware fail-

ure).

2. Write of buffered data failed due to a hardware failure.

ILLEGAL REQUEST

UNIT ATTENTION

1. Reserved bit was found set in the CDB of the MODE SENSE

command.

2. Flag bit in the MODE SENSE CDB was set and the Link bit

was not set.

Indicates the MODE SENSE command was not performed due to

one of the following:

1. The tape cartridge may have been changed.

2. The target has been reset.

3. The Mode parameters have been changed by another initiator.

4. The version of the microcode has been changed (microcode

downloaded).

5. A cartridge was loaded with a tape length that is too long or too

short.

ABORTED COMMAND

VOLUME OVERFLOW

MODE SENSE command was aborted.

Write of buffered data prior to the MODE SENSE operation failed

because physical End-of-Tape has been reached.

4-62

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

4-3.14

READ command 08h

The READ command transfers one or more blocks to the initiator beginning with the next block on

the logical unit.

Upon termination of the READ command, the logical position is located after the last block trans-

ferred (EOM side).

4-3.14.1

READ CDB Description

READ is a six-byte command. The bytes are as shown below and described in Table 4-60. Com-

mon fields are described in paragraph 4-3.1 on page 4-4.

BITS

BYTES

LUN

Reserved

SILI

Fixed

MSB

Transfer Length

LSB

Link

Reserved

Flag

Note: Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded.

Table 4-60. READ Field Description

BYTE

BIT

VALUE

08h Operation code.

DESCRIPTION

0-7

The Fixed bit specifies both the meaning of the transfer length field and whether

fixed-length or variable-length blocks are to be transferred.

If the Fixed bit is zero, a single block is transferred with the bytes transferred

being the lesser of the actual block length or the requested transfer length.

If the Fixed bit is one, the transfer length specifies the number of blocks to be

transferred to the initiator.

Suppress Incorrect Length Indication (SILI) flag.

2-4

The Transfer Length indicates the number of bytes or blocks to transfer. The

block length used is the current block length specified in the mode parameters

block descriptor (refer to the Mode Select Block Descriptor in Table 4-47 on

page 7-53.)

When the transfer length is zero, no data is transferred and the current position

on the logical unit is not changed. This condition is not considered an error.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-63

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

4-3.14.2

READ CHECK CONDITION Status

The following table describes how a CHECK CONDITION occurs.

FIXED

BIT

SILI

BIT

BLOCK

MODE *

DESCRIPTION

Causes CHECK CONDITION status with the sense key being ILLEGAL REQUEST.

variable

No CHECK CONDITION is set due to an actual block length being different than the

length specified in the Transfer Length field, except for the following condition.

The target still reports CHECK CONDITION status for an incorrect length condi-

tion if the overlength condition exists and the block length field in the mode param-

eter block descriptor is non-zero (a non-zero value in this field in the Mode Select

data implies fixed mode). The overlength condition exits after executing a Read

command when the length of the actual block read exceeds the requested transfer

length in the CDB.

variable

With Fixed bit = 0, the transfer will take place in variable block mode independent of

the value in the mode parameters block descriptor. In variable block mode, a single

block is transferred with the bytes transferred being the lesser of the actual block

length or the requested Transfer Length.

A successful READ command with the fixed bit of zero, transfers the requested trans-

fer length in bytes to the initiator.

If the actual block length is different from the specified transfer length, CHECK

CONDITION status is returned to the initiator. The incorrect length indicator (ILI)

bit and valid bit in the sense data are set to one, and the sense key is set to NO

SENSE. The information bytes contained in the sense data are set to the difference

(residue) of the requested transfer length minus the actual block length, and this value

will be negative (two’s compliment) when the actual block length exceeds the

requested block length. Upon termination, the logical position is located after the

incorrect length block (EOM side).

fixed

The transfer length specifies the number of blocks to be transferred to the initiator.

This form of the READ command is valid only if the logical unit is currently operat-

ing in fixed block mode. A logical unit is in fixed block mode if it has been instructed

by the MODE SELECT command to use fixed-length blocks. In this case, the current

block length is the block length defined in the MODE SELECT command.

A successful READ command with the fixed bit of one, transfers the requested trans-

fer length times the current block length in bytes to the initiator.

If the actual block length read is different from the current transfer length, as speci-

fied in the mode parameters block descriptor, CHECK CONDITION status is gener-

ated. The ILI bit and valid bit are both set to one, and the sense key is set to NO

SENSE. The information bytes in the sense data are set to the difference of the

requested transfer length minus the actual number of blocks read (not including the

incorrect length block). Upon termination, the logical position is located after the

incorrect length block (EOM side).

variable

The target rejects the command by returning CHECK CONDITION status and by set-

ting the sense key to ILLEGAL REQUEST.

4-64

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

FIXED

BIT

SILI

BIT

BLOCK

MODE *

DESCRIPTION

If a filemark is encountered during a READ command, the target returns CHECK

CONDITION status and sets the sense key to NO SENSE. The filemark and valid bits

are both set to one.

If the Fixed bit is one, the target sets the information bytes to the difference (resi-

due) of the requested transfer count minus the actual number of blocks read (not

including the filemark).

If the Fixed bit is zero, the target sets the information bytes to the requested trans-

fer length.

The logical position is located after the filemark (EOM side).

If end-of-data is encountered during a READ command the target returns CHECK

CONDITION status, sets the sense key to BLANK CHECK, and sets the valid bit to

one.

If the Fixed bit is one, the target sets the information bytes to the difference (resi-

due) of the requested transfer count minus the actual number of blocks read.

If the Fixed bit is zero, the target sets the information bytes to the requested trans-

fer length.

The logical position is located after the EOD block (EOM side). Subsequent Read

commands issued after EOD has been encountered and reported to the initiator will

result in reading into invalid/old data.

If a logical unit encounters the physical EOM during a READ command, the target

returns CHECK CONDITION status to the initiator and sets the End-Of-Medium

(EOM) bit to one in extended sense. The sense key is set to MEDIUM ERROR.

If the Fixed bit is one, the target sets the valid bit to one and the information bytes

to the difference (residue) of the requested transfer length minus the actual num-

ber of blocks successfully read.

If the Fixed bit is zero the target sets the valid bit to one and the information bytes

to the requested transfer length.

* Both fixed block and variable block modes are implemented by this tape controller. Reference the Read Block

Limits and Mode Select (mode parameters block descriptor) commands for more information about fixed and vari-

able block modes.

Encountering early-warning (LEOT) on a READ command is not reported to the initiator.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-65

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

4-3.14.3

READ Sense Keys

One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated:

SENSE KEY CONDITION

DESCRIPTION

NO SENSE

1. SILI and Fixed bits are both zero and the actual block length read

is different from the specified transfer length in the READ CDB.

2. Filemark encountered during the read operation.

RECOVERED ERROR

1. Recovery was performed when writing buffered data to tape.

2. Recovery was performed when reading data from tape.

3. Recovery was performed when transferring data to the initiator.

NOT READY

Logical Unit was not ready (tape was not loaded or wasn’t ready).

MEDIUM ERROR

1. Synchronization of buffered write data prior to the read operation

failed due to defective tape.

2. Physical end-of-medium (PEOT) encountered during the read

operation.

3. Attempted to read a tape that has not been previously recorded

(i.e. the density ID has not been written).

4. An attempt was made to write 36-track data on 18-track format-

ted medium.

5. The tape length in the cartridge is too long or too short.

HARDWARE ERROR

ILLEGAL REQUEST

1. Write of buffered data failed due to a hardware failure.

2. Read operation failed due to a hardware failure.

3. Transfer of Read data to initiator failed due to hardware failure.

1. Reserved bit was found set in the CDB of the READ command.

2. The Fixed bit was set to one, but the current mode is variable (as

set by MODE SELECT or default power on condition).

3. The SILI and Fixed bits are both set to one.

4. The Flag bit was set but the Link bit was not set.

UNIT ATTENTION

Indicates the READ command was not performed due to one of the

following:

1. The tape cartridge may have been changed.

2. The target has been reset.

3. The Mode parameters have been changed by another initiator.

4. The version of the microcode has been changed (microcode

downloaded).

5. A cartridge was loaded with a tape length that is too long or too

short.

BLANK CHECK

1. End-of-data (EOD) encountered during the read operation.

2. No data block or filemark was encountered on the medium for a

distance of 680 mm. The medium position following this condi-

tion is not defined.

4-66

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

SENSE KEY CONDITION

DESCRIPTION

READ command was aborted.

ABORTED COMMAND

VOLUME OVERFLOW

Write of buffered data prior to the read operation failed because

physical End-of-Tape has been reached.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-67

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

4-3.15

READ BLOCK LIMITS command 05h

The READ BLOCK LIMITS command requests the target’s block length limits for the logical unit.

The READ BLOCK LIMITS data, shown in Table 4-62, is sent during the DATA IN phase of the

command.

4-3.15.1

READ BLOCK LIMITS CDB Description

READ BLOCK LIMITS is a six-byte command. The bytes are as shown below and described in

Table 4-61. Common fields are described in paragraph 4-3.1 on page 4-4.

BITS

BYTES

LUN

Reserved

Flag

Link

Note: Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded.

Table 4-61. READ BLOCK LIMITS Field Description

BYTE

BIT

VALUE

DESCRIPTION

0-7

05h

Operation code.

Variable and fixed length blocks are supported. Refer to Table 4-62 for the READ BLOCK LIM-

ITS data.

Table 4-62. READ BLOCK LIMITS Data

BYTE

BIT

VALUE

DESCRIPTION

0-7

Reserved.

1-3

040000h (262,144) The maximum block length is the maximum number of bytes the host can

request via a read or write operation.

The maximum block length conforms to the maximum specified in the

ANSI Extended Magnetic Tape Format for Information Interchange 36

Track, Parallel Serpentine proposed specification X3B5/94-043 section

8.2.

4-5

0001h The minimum block length supported is one byte. The minimum block

length indicates the minimum number of bytes that can be read from or

written to the MTU.

4-68

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

If a DMA transfer (READ, WRITE, READ BUFFER, WRITE BUFFER, OR LOOP WRITE TO

READ) is requested by the host with a transfer length of zero bytes, this is not considered an error.

The command is processed with no data transfer. There is no block ID associated with zero length

records.

4-3.15.2

READ BLOCK LIMITS Sense Keys

One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated:

SENSE KEY CONDITION

DESCRIPTION

RECOVERED ERROR

Recovery was performed when writing buffered data.

MEDIUM ERROR

1. Write of buffered data failed due to defective tape.

2. An attempt was made to write 36-track data on 18-track format-

ted medium.

HARDWARE ERROR

ILLEGAL REQUEST

Write of buffered failed due to a hardware error.

1. Reserved bit was set in the CDB of the READ BLOCK LIM-

ITS command

2. Flag bit was set and Link bit was not set.

UNIT ATTENTION

Indicates the READ BLOCK LIMITS command was not per-

formed due to one of the following:

1. The tape cartridge may have been changed.

2. The target has been reset.

3. The Mode parameters have been changed by another initiator.

4. The version of the microcode has been changed (microcode

downloaded).

5. A cartridge was loaded with a tape length that is too long or too

short.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-69

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

4-3.16

READ BUFFER command 3Ch

The READ BUFFER command is used in conjunction with the WRITE BUFFER command as a

diagnostic function for testing target memory and the SCSI bus integrity. Other than synchronizing

any buffered write data to tape prior to performing the read buffer operation, the READ BUFFER

command does not alter the tape medium of the target.

4-3.16.1

READ BUFFER CDB Description

READ BUFFER is a ten-byte command. The bytes are shown below and described in Table 4-63.

Common fields are described in paragraph 4-3.1 on page 4-4.

BITS

BYTES

LUN

Reserved

Buffer ID

Mode

MSB

Buffer Offset

LSB

Allocation Length

LSB

Link

Reserved

Flag

Note: Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded.

Table 4-63. READ BUFFER Field Description

BYTE

BIT

VALUE

3Ch Operation code.

The Mode field is described in Table 4-64.

The Buffer ID field identifies a specific buffer within the target.

DESCRIPTION

0-7

0-2

The Buffer offset specifies the offset in the buffer for the beginning of the data

transfer. The Buffer Offset contains a multiple of the offset boundary field which

is in the read buffer descriptor.

3-5

6-8

The Allocation Length specifies the maximum number of bytes that are trans-

ferred during the DATA IN phase from the assigned buffer beginning at the

buffer offset. The transfer length is the lesser of the Allocation Length or capac-

ity of the requested buffer. The capacity of the buffer is shown in Table 4-65.

4-70

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

Table 4-64. READ BUFFER Command Mode

BYTE 1

MODE

IMPLEMENTED

BIT 2

BIT 1

BIT 0

Combined header and data

Vendor unique

Yes

N/A

Data (Refer to description below.)

Descriptor (Refer to description below.)

Reserved

Vendor Unique Mode (001b) and Data Mode (010b):

In these modes, the DATA IN phase contains buffer data. The Buffer ID field identifies the spe-

cific buffer within the target. The supported Buffer IDs for the vendor unique and data modes are

defined in Table 4-65. Data transfer occurs only within the buffer area indicated by the buffer ID.

If an unsupported buffer ID value is selected, the target returns CHECK CONDITION status and

sets the sense key to ILLEGAL REQUEST with an additional sense code of ILLEGAL FIELD IN

CDB.

Table 4-65. Supported Buffer ID Values for Read Data Mode

BUFFER ID

DESCRIPTION

CAPACITY

Specified in the Buffer Capacity field of the Read

Buffer Descriptor obtained via the Read Buffer

command.

Read/Write Data Buffer

Specified in the Buffer Capacity field of the Read

Buffer Descriptor obtained via the Read Buffer

command (512 bytes).

Read/Write nonvolatile (NV) RAM

Data is transferred beginning at the offset within the buffer as specified by the buffer offset. If the

initiator fails to conform to the offset boundary requirements returned in the READ BUFFER

descriptor, CHECK CONDITION status is returned with a sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST

with an additional sense code of ILLEGAL FIELD in CDB.

NOTES:

1. The read/write data buffer and NVRAM are wrap-around buffers. Therefore, the entire capacity

specified by the Read Buffer Descriptor is available, regardless of the offset specified.

2. Prior to allowing READ BUFFER command processing to occur for the read/write data buffer,

the controller performs required positioning or synchronization. Buffered write data is written

to tape and buffered read data is discarded.

3. There is only one 512-byte NVRAM area available. This area may be accessed by any initia-

tor. The NVRAM is not partitioned into “per initiator” areas.

4. The only difference between the vendor unique mode and data mode is that a READ BUFFER

in vendor unique mode reads the number of bytes requested and does not perform any CRC

checking. A READ BUFFER in data mode reads the number of bytes requested and an addi-

tional 2 bytes of CRC and then verifies the CRC. The CRC is then stripped away and not sent

to the initiator with the other Read Buffer data.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-71

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

Descriptor Mode (011b):

In this mode, a maximum of four bytes of READ BUFFER descriptor information are returned.

The descriptor information for the LUN receiving the command is returned. If there is no buffer

associated with the specified buffer ID, the target returns all zeroes in the READ BUFFER

descriptor. The Buffer Offset field in the CDB is ignored in this mode. The allocation length

should be set to four or greater. The target transfers the lesser of the allocation length or four bytes

of READ BUFFER descriptor. The READ BUFFER descriptor is defined in Table 4-66.

** NOTE **

This controller operates on 32-byte data buffer boundaries, and

returns a value of 5 for the offset boundary. The NVRAM operates

on a one-byte boundary and returns a value of zero for the offset

boundary.

Table 4-66. Read/Write Data Buffer Descriptor (buffer ID 0)

BITS

BYTES

Offset Boundary (05h)

Buffer Capacity

MSB

LSB

** NOTE **

When performing Write Buffer operations to the Data Buffer, the max-

imum Transfer Length that can be written is the Buffer Capacity of the

Data Buffer minus two. The two remaining bytes in the Data Buffer

are needed to store the two byte CRC which is automatically

appended to the data when it is stored in the buffer.

Table 4-67. Read/Write NVRAM Descriptor (buffer ID 1)

BITS

BYTES

Offset Boundary (00h)

Buffer Capacity

MSB

LSB

Table 4-68. Descriptor Mode Field Description

BYTE

BIT

VALUE

DESCRIPTION

The Offset Boundary field returns the boundary alignment within the selected buffer

for subsequent WRITE BUFFER and READ BUFFER commands. The value con-

tained in the offset boundary field is interpreted as a power of two.

The value contained in the buffer offset field of subsequent WRITE BUFFER and

READ BUFFER commands must be a multiple of the offset boundary raised to a

power of 2 (i.e., a multiple of 32). Refer to Table 4-69

0-7

1-3

The Buffer Capacity field returns the size of the selected buffer in bytes.

4-72

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

Table 4-69. Offset

BOUNDARY

2 OFFSET BOUNDARY

BUFFER OFFSETS

Byte boundaries

2⁰=1

2¹=2

2²=4

2³=8

2⁴=16

2⁵=32

Even-byte boundaries

Four-byte boundaries

Eight-byte boundaries

16-byte boundaries

32-byte boundaries

** NOTE **

1. A buffer may be altered between the WRITE BUFFER and READ

BUFFER commands by execution of commands from another initiator

or background diagnostics. Buffer testing applications may avoid

buffer usage conflicts with other initiators by use of linked command,

or by reserving the addressed LUN.

2. There is only one 512-byte NVRAM area available. This area may

be accessed by any initiator. The NVRAM is not partitioned into “per

initiator” areas.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-73

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

4-3.16.2

READ BUFFER Sense Keys

One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated:

SENSE KEY CONDITION

DESCRIPTION

RECOVERED ERROR

1. Recovery was performed when synchronizing buffered write

data to tape.

2. Recovery was performed when transferring data to the initiator.

MEDIUM ERROR

1. Synchronization of buffered write data prior to the read opera-

tion failed due to defective tape.

2. An attempt was made to write 36-track data on 18-track format-

ted medium.

HARDWARE ERROR

1. Synchronization of buffered write data failed due to a hardware

failure.

2. Transfer of Read Buffer data to initiator failed due to hardware

failure.

3. Read Buffer set to Mode 2 has the Allocation Length set > or <

the Allocation Length of the prior WRITE BUFFER command.

ILLEGAL REQUEST

UNIT ATTENTION

1. Reserved bit was found set in the CDB of the READ BUFFER

command.

2. The Flag bit was set but the Link bit was not set.

3. An invalid value was encountered in a CDB field.

Indicates the READ BUFFER command was not performed due

to one of the following:

1. The tape cartridge may have been changed.

2. The target has been reset.

3. The Mode parameters have been changed by another initiator.

4. The version of the microcode has been changed (microcode

downloaded).

5. A cartridge was loaded with a tape length that is too long or too

short.

ABORTED COMMAND

READ BUFFER command was aborted.

4-74

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

4-3.17

READ POSITION command 34h

The READ POSITION command causes 20 bytes to be sent from the target to the initiator. The 20

bytes are a report of the position of the tape unit and information about blocks stored in the buffer;

the format of this data is shown in paragraph 4-3.17.2 on page 4-76.

This command can be executed when no tape cartridge is loaded or when the tape unit is not ready.

No tape movement is initiated due to this command.

4-3.17.1

READ POSITION CDB Description

READ POSITION is a ten-byte command. The bytes are shown below and described in Table 4-

70. Common fields are described in paragraph 4-3.1 on page 4-4.

BITS

BYTES

LUN

Reserved

Flag

Link

Note: Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded.

Table 4-70. READ POSITION Field Description

BYTE

BIT

VALUE

DESCRIPTION

0-7

34h Operation code.

The BT bit dictates the format of values reported in the First Block Loca-

tion and Last Block Location fields of the return data.

Values in First Block Location and Last Block Location are to be reported

as Logical block addresses. The first filemark or data block on tape is

assigned logical block address 0; logical block addresses increase by 1 for

each data block and filemark thereafter. The maximum Logical block

address is 3FFFEFh.

Values in First Block Location and Last Block Location are to be reported

as Device specific block addresses (also known as Block IDs). The format

of these device specific block addresses are shown in paragraph 4-3.17.3

on page 4-78.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-75

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

4-3.17.2

READ POSITION Return Data

The READ POSITION Return Data is shown below and described in Table 4-71.

BITS

BYTES

BOP

EOP

Reserved

BPU

Reserved

Partition number

Reserved

MSB

First block location

Last block location

LSB

Reserved

MSB

Number of blocks in buffer

Number of bytes in buffer

4-76

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

Table 4-71. READ POSITION Return Data Description

BYTE

BIT

DESCRIPTION

The Block Position Unknown (BPU) bit, if one, indicates that the first and last locations could

not be determined by the tape unit; in this case the First Block Location field and the Last Block

Location field do not contain valid information. If the BPU bit is zero then the First and Last

block locations contain valid information. The reported BPU bit will be one if no tape cartridge is

loaded.

The End-of-Partition (EOP) bit, if one, indicates that the tape unit is logically positioned between

early-warning (LEOT) and the Physical End of Tape. If this bit is zero then the tape unit is posi-

tioned previous to early-warning.

The Beginning-of-Partition (BOP) bit, if one, indicates that the tape unit is logically positioned at

the beginning of the tape; if the bit is zero then the tape unit is not logically positioned at begin-

ning of tape. The tape unit is logically positioned at beginning of tape if and only if the next

block to be written or to be read (forward) is block 0 (the first block on tape).^a

The Partition number field is always set to 0. This tape unit only has one partition; the identifica-

tion number of this partition is 0.

0-7

The First Block Location field indicates the current logical position. The value in this field is the

block address of the next block to be transferred between the initiator and the tape unit if a READ

or WRITE command is issued; the format of the block address reported is dictated by the BT bit

setting as explained above.

4-7

The Last Block Location field indicates the physical position of the tape. The value in this field is

the block address of the next block to be transferred between the buffer and the [tape] medium;

the format of the block address reported is dictated by the BT bit setting as explained above.

The current logical position and the physical position of tape can be different because blocks can

be buffered both when reading and when writing. When writing, the First Block Location will be

greater than or equal to the Last Block Location, the difference is the number of blocks that are in

the buffer waiting to be written.^bWhen reading forward, the Last Block Location will be greater

than or equal to the First Block Location, the difference is the number of blocks that are in the

buffer waiting to be read.

8-11

The Number of Blocks in Buffer field equals the number of blocks that are in the buffer waiting

to be written to the medium. This field is set to zero if the buffer does not contain blocks to be

written to tape.

13-15

16-19

The Number of Bytes in Buffer field equals the total number of data bytes that are in blocks in

the buffer waiting to be written. This field is set to zero if the buffer does not contain blocks to be

written to tape. When writing with compression enabled, the buffer actually contains the com-

pressed bytes for the blocks waiting to be written; however the number of bytes reported in the

Number of Bytes in Buffer field will always indicate the number of uncompressed bytes.

a. If the tape is positioned at Physical End of Tape then the BOP bit reported will necessarily be zero because no

more blocks can be read or written; so if the BOP bit is sampled following a successful ERASE with the Long

bit set to one, the BOP bit will be zero even if the ERASE was started from the beginning of tape.

b. When computing the difference between the First and Last Block Locations, only the logical block position

portion of the Block IDs should be used if the BT bit is set to one.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-77

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

4-3.17.3

Description of Block ID Format

BITS

BYTES

Wrap

Physical reference

Logical block position (MSB)

Format code

MSB

Logical block position

LSB

Table 4-72. Block ID Field Description

DESCRIPTION

BYTE

BIT

VALUE

1-95 The Physical reference field will be in the range 1 to 95. The values in the range 1 to

95 indicate an approximate physical location on tape close to the target position.

0-6

The Wrap field indicates whether the target position is in the first wrap or second

wrap^aof tape. If Wrap equals 0 then the target position is in the first wrap.

If Wrap equals 1 then the target position is in the second wrap.

The Format code field indicates the format of the tape cartridge. The meaning of the

possible values are shown in Table 4-73. When writing the format code reported will

be 01b (36 track, packeted.) When reading, the format code reported will be the format

code contained in the tape being read.

6-7

0-5

A unique Logical block position is associated with each data block and filemark writ-

ten on a tape. The first filemark or data block on tape is assigned Logical block posi-

tion 0; the Logical block position increases by 1 for each data block and filemark

thereafter. The maximum Logical block position is 3FFFEFh.

2-3

a. A 36 track tape consists of two interleaved groups of 18 tracks; each group is called a wrap. The first wrap is

written first and runs from Physical BOT towards Physical EOT. The second wrap is written second and runs

from Physical EOT towards Physical BOT. The tape unit hides the transition from the first wrap to the second

wrap so that the user sees an [abstract] continuous length of tape running from Logical BOT (the beginning of

the first wrap) to Logical EOT (the end of the second wrap).

Table 4-73. Format Codes

FORMAT CODE VALUE

FORMAT

00b

01b

10b

11b

18 track, non-packeted

36 track, packeted

18 track, packeted

reserved

4-78

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

4-3.17.4

READ POSITION Sense Keys

One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated:

SENSE KEY CONDITION

DESCRIPTION

ILLEGAL REQUEST

1. Reserved bit was found set in the CDB of the READ POSI-

TION command.

2. The Flag bit was set but the Link bit was not set.

UNIT ATTENTION

Indicates the READ POSITION command was not performed due

to one of the following:

1. The tape cartridge may have been changed.

2. The target has been reset.

3. The Mode parameters have been changed by another initiator.

4. The version of the microcode has been changed (microcode

downloaded).

5. A cartridge was loaded with a tape length that is too long or too

short.

ABORTED COMMAND

READ POSITION command was aborted. The READ POSI-

TION command can be reissued.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-79

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

4-3.18

READ REVERSE command 0Fh

The READ REVERSE command requests that the tape unit transfer blocks of data to the initiator.

Any buffered write data or filemarks are written before this operation is executed. This command is

similar to the READ command except that the direction of the read is reversed; blocks are transferred

starting from the current position and progressing towards BOT.

** NOTE **

It is recommended that this command not be used extensively. The

overall execution time of the READ REVERSE command is exces-

sive due to the extra tape positioning involved.

4-3.18.1

READ REVERSE CDB Description

READ REVERSE is a six-byte command. The bytes are shown below and described in Table 4-

74. Common fields are described in paragraph 4-3.1 on page 4-4.

BITS

BYTES

LUN

Reserved

SILI

Fixed

MSB

Transfer Length

LSB

Link

Reserved

Flag

Note: Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded.

Table 4-74. READ REVERSE Field Description

BYTE

BIT

VALUE

0Fh Operation code.

DESCRIPTION

0-7

1 or 0 The Fixed bit specifies both the meaning of the transfer length field and

whether fixed-length or variable-length blocks are to be transferred.

If the Fixed bit is zero, a single block is transferred with the bytes transferred

being the lesser of the actual block length or the requested transfer length.

If the Fixed bit is one, the transfer length specifies the number of blocks to be

transferred to the initiator.

1 or 0 Suppress Incorrect Length Indication (SILI) flag.

2-4

The Transfer Length indicates the number of bytes or blocks to transfer. The

block length used is the current block length specified in the mode parame-

ters block descriptor (refer to the Mode Select Block Descriptor in Table 4-

47 on page 4- 53.)

When the transfer length is zero, no data is transferred and the current posi-

tion on the logical unit is not changed. This condition is not considered an

error.

4-80

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

4-3.18.2

READ REVERSE CHECK CONDITION Status

If the fixed bit is one, then the Mode Parameter Block Descriptor Block Length must be non-zero.

Otherwise CHECK CONDITION status is reported with the sense key as ILLEGAL REQUEST.

See description of MODE SENSE for more details about the Mode Parameter Descriptor Block.

For data in EDRC format, it is impossible to transfer the bytes of blocks in reverse order for the

tape format being used because of data packeting and data compression. If a block is to be read in

the reverse direction, instead of transferring the block’s bytes in reverse order, the tape unit spaces

backward over the block to be read (logically positions to the BOT side of the block to be read)

and then CHECK CONDITION status is reported. Within the sense data reported, the sense key is

ILLEGAL REQUEST, the ASC and ASCQ are 30h and 02h respectively (indicating ‘Cannot

Read Medium - Incompatible Format’), and the Host ERPA code is 26. After receipt of this sense

data, the initiator is expected to read forward to transfer the bytes of the block and then space

backward one block (i.e. issue a READ command followed by a SPACE command, Code = 0 and

Space count of -1.) Note: Even if more than one block is requested to be transferred by the READ

REVERSE command in fixed block mode, the tape unit only spaces backward one block.

** NOTE **

This procedure is performed regardless of the tape format (i.e., 18-

track clear data).

If the SILI bit is set to 1 and the Fixed bit is set to 0 then the tape unit checks for overlength condi-

tions; however since the tape unit will never transfer bytes for the READ REVERSE command, an

overlength condition for a READ REVERSE command will never occur. If the SILI bit is set to 1

and the Fixed bit is set to 1 then CHECK CONDITION status is reported. In the sense data

reported, the sense key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and the additional sense code is set to

INVALID FIELD IN CDB.

If a filemark is encountered when reading in the reverse direction then CHECK CONDITION sta-

tus is reported. In the sense data reported, the sense key is NO SENSE, the valid bit is 1 and the

information field will equal the requested Transfer length. Upon termination, the logical position

is the BOT side of the filemark encountered.

If the logical unit encounters BOT during a READ REVERSE command then CHECK CONDI-

TION status is reported. In the sense data reported, the sense key is NO SENSE, the EOM bit is set

to 1, the valid bit is 1 and the information field will equal the requested Transfer length.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-81

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

4-3.18.3

READ REVERSE Sense Keys

One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated:

SENSE KEY CONDITION

DESCRIPTION

NO SENSE

1. Filemark encountered.

2. BOT encountered.

RECOVERED ERROR

1. Recovery was performed when writing buffered data before the

READ REVERSE command was executed.

2. Recovery was performed when reading data from tape.

MEDIUM ERROR

1. Write of buffered data failed due to a defective tape. (Synchro-

nize before READ REVERSE attempted.)

2. Error occurred when attempting to space backward over block

to be read.

3. An attempt was made to write 36-track data on 18-track format-

ted medium.

4. The tape length in the cartridge is too long or too short.

HARDWARE ERROR

ILLEGAL REQUEST

1.Write of buffered data failed due to a hardware failure. (Syn-

chronize before READ REVERSE attempted.)

2. Error occurred when attempting to space backward over block

to be read.

1. Reserved bit was found set in the CDB of the READ

REVERSE command.

2. SILI bit set to 1 and Fixed bit set to 1.

3. Fixed bit is 1 but variable mode was indicated by the most

recent MODE SELECT

4. The Flag bit was set but the Link bit was not set.

5. Bytes in block could not be transferred in reverse order.

UNIT ATTENTION

Indicates the READ REVERSE command was not performed due

to one of the following:

1. The tape cartridge may have been changed.

2. The target has been reset.

3. The Mode parameters have been changed by another initiator.

4. The version of the microcode has been changed (microcode

downloaded).

5. A cartridge was loaded with a tape length that is too long or too

short.

ABORTED COMMAND

VOLUME OVERFLOW

READ REVERSE command was aborted. the READ REVERSE

command can be reissued.

Write of buffered data prior to the Read Reverse operation failed

because physical End-of-Tape has been reached.

4-82

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

4-3.19

RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command 1Ch

The RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command requests that result data, generated for a previ-

ous SEND DIAGNOSTIC command, be sent to the initiator.

** NOTE **

The results of the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command may be lost to

another initiator on the SCSI bus if the LUN under test has not been

reserved to this initiator, or if the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

command is not linked after the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command.

4-3.19.1

RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS CDB Description

RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS is a six-byte command. The bytes are shown below and

described in Table 4-75. Common fields are described in paragraph 4-3.1 on page 4-4.

BITS

BYTES

LUN

Reserved

MSB

Allocation Length

LSB

Link

Reserved

Flag

Note: Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded.

Table 4-75. RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Field Description

BYTE

BIT

VALUE

1Ch Operation code.

DESCRIPTION

0-7

The Allocation Length specifies the maximum number of bytes that the initiator has

allocated for returned RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC data. An allocation length of 0

indicates that no RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC data is transferred. This condition is not

considered an error. The target terminates the DATA IN phase when all allocation

length bytes have been transferred or when all available RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC

data has been transferred to the initiator, whichever is less.

3-4

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-83

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

Table 4-76. RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC Parameter List Length Field

PAGE

CODE

PARAMETER

LIST LENGTH

ROUTINE

N/A

00h

80h

SelfTest

N/A

01h

50h

51h

52h

53h

54h

57h

C0h

C2h

01h

50h

51h

52h

53h

54h

57h

C0h

C2h

4-84

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

4-3.19.2

Diagnostic Page Codes (PF=1 in SEND DIAGNOSTIC command CDB)

If the Page Format (PF) bit was set to 1 in a previous SEND DIAGNOSTIC command, the

RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command will return diagnostic result data in paged format

with 00h or 80h as the returned Page Code. Refer to Table 4-77 and Table 4-78.

Table 4-77. Diagnostic Page Codes

QUALIFIER

DESCRIPTION

00h

80h

Supported diagnostics pages (see Table 4-79)

Online diagnostic test page (see Table 4-80)

Table 4-78. Receive Diagnostic Results Page, General Form

BITS

BYTES

Page Code (XXh)

Reserved

2-3

4-N

Page Length (n-3)

Diagnostic Parameters

Description of the Page Code 00h

The Page Code 00h instructs the target to make available the list of all supported diagnostic pages

to be returned by a subsequent RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command.

Table 4-79. Page 00h - Supported Diagnostic Pages

BITS

BYTES

Page Code (00h)

Reserved

2-3

Page Length (0002h)

Supported page list (00h)

Supported page list (80h)

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-85

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

Description of the Page Code 80h

Table 4-80. Page 80h - Online Diagnostic Test Page

BITS

BYTES

Page Code (80h)

Reserved

2-3

Page Length (0010h)

Routine in error (Routine number)

Execute Count (Pass Count)

First Fault Symptom Code

Second Fault Symptom Code

Third Fault Symptom Code

Reserved

6-7

8-9

10-11

12-19

Table 4-81. Page 80h Field Description

BYTE

BIT

VALUE

DESCRIPTION

0-7

The Routine in Error field contains the Routine ID of the failing routine. If this

field contains 00h, no errors were detected during the last execution of a SEND

DIAGNOSTIC command.

0-7

The Execute Count field contains the number of passes attempted before an error

was detected. If an error is detected on the first pass, this field contains a 1. This

field is reset each time a new (different) routine is started. For example: if the

SEND DIAGNOSTIC command Parameter list contained a pass count of 4 for

Routine 50, and a pass count of 7 for Routine 51, and an error was detected on

the third attempt to execute Routine 51, this field would contain a 3.

6-11

This field contains the Fault Symptom Codes that indicate the cause of the error.

4-86

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

4-3.19.3

Diagnostic Parameter List (PF=0 in SEND DIAGNOSTIC command CDB)

If the Page Format (PF) bit was cleared to 0 in a previous SEND DIAGNOSTIC command, the

RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command will return diagnostic result data in parameter list

format.

Table 4-82. Online Diagnostic Results data Parameter List

BITS

BYTES

Routine in error (Routine number)

Execute Count (Pass Count)

First Fault Symptom Code

Second Fault Symptom Code

Third Fault Symptom Code

Reserved

2-3

4-5

6-7

8-15

Description of fields in Diagnostic Results data in Parameter List

Table 4-83. Parameter List Field Description

BYTE

BIT

VALUE

DESCRIPTION

0-7

The Routine in Error field contains the Routine ID of the failing routine. If this field

contains 00h, no errors were detected during the last execution of a SEND DIAG-

NOSTIC command.

0-7

The Execute Count field contains the number of passes attempted before an error

was detected. If an error is detected on the first pass, this field contains a 1. This field

is reset each time a new (different) routine is started. For example: if the SEND

DIAGNOSTIC command Parameter list contained a pass count of 4 for Routine 50,

and a pass count of 7 for Routine 51, and an error was detected on the third attempt

to execute Routine 51, this field would contain a 3.

2-7

This field contains the Fault Symptom Codes that indicate the cause of the error.

4-3.19.4

RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS CHECK CONDITION Status

If the initiator does not send a SEND DIAGNOSTIC command first, the command is terminated

with GOOD status and the target does not transfer any result data.

All reserved bits must be zero. If these bits are set to one, the command is terminated with

CHECK CONDITION status and the sense key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-87

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

4-3.19.5

RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Sense Keys

One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated:

SENSE KEY CONDITION

DESCRIPTION

RECOVERED ERROR

Recovery was performed when writing buffered data, before the

buffered mode operation occurred in RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC

RESULTS command.

MEDIUM ERROR

1. Write of buffered data failed due to a defective tape.

2. An attempt was made to write 36-track data on 18-track format-

ted medium.

HARDWARE ERROR

1. SCSI interface error occurred due to a hardware failure (e.g.

transfer of RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS data failed

due to a hardware failure).

2. Write of buffered data failed due to a hardware failure.

ILLEGAL REQUEST

UNIT ATTENTION

1. Reserved bit was found set in the CDB of the RECEIVE DIAG-

NOSTIC RESULTS command.

2. Flag bit in the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS CDB was

set and the Link bit was not set.

Indicates the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command was

not performed due to one of the following:

1. The tape cartridge may have been changed.

2. The target has been reset.

3. The Mode parameters have been changed by another initiator.

4. The version of the microcode has been changed (microcode

downloaded).

5. A cartridge was loaded with a tape length that is too long or too

short.

ABORTED COMMAND

VOLUME OVERFLOW

RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command was aborted.

Write of buffered data prior to the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC

RESULTS operation failed because physical End-of-Tape has

been reached.

4-88

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

4-3.20

RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS (FACTORY MODE) command 1Ch

The RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS (FACTORY MODE) command requests that result data,

generated for a previous SEND DIAGNOSTIC command, be sent to the initiator.

** NOTE **

The RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command as described in

this section requires that the tape drive be set in FACTORY MODE.

** NOTE **

The results of the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command may be lost to

another initiator on the SCSI bus if the LUN under test has not been

reserved to this initiator, or if the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

command is not linked after the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command.

4-3.20.1

RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS (FACTORY MODE) CDB Description

RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS is a six-byte command. The bytes are shown below and

described in Table 4-84. Common fields are described in paragraph 4-3.1 on page 4-4.

BITS

BYTES

LUN

Reserved

MSB

Allocation Length

LSB

Link

Reserved

Flag

Note: Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded.

Table 4-84. RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Field Description

BYTE

BIT

VALUE

1Ch Operation code.

DESCRIPTION

0-7

The Allocation Length specifies the maximum number of bytes that the initiator has

allocated for returned RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC data. An allocation length of 0

indicates that no RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC data is transferred. This condition is not

considered an error. The target terminates the DATA IN phase when all allocation

length bytes have been transferred or when all available RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC

data has been transferred to the initiator, whichever is less. (Refer to Table 4-76 for

parameter list length values for RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS in FACTORY

MODE).

3-4

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-89

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

Table 4-85. RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC (FACTORY MODE) Parameter List Length Field

PAGE

CODE

PARAMETER

LIST LENGTH

ROUTINE

N/A

SelfTest

N/A

00h

80h

01h

50h

51h

52h

53h

54h

57h

C0h

C2h

80h

81h

90h-9Fh

01h

50h

51h

52h

53h

54h

57h

C0h

C2h

4-90

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

4-3.20.2

Diagnostic Page Codes (PF=1 in SEND DIAGNOSTIC command CDB)

If the Page Format (PF) bit was set to 1 in a previous SEND DIAGNOSTIC command, the

RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS (FACTORY MODE) command will return diagnostic result

data in paged format with 00h, 80h, 81h, and 90h through 9Fh as the returned Page Code. Refer to

Table 4-86 and Table 4-87.

Table 4-86. Diagnostic Page Codes

QUALIFIER

DESCRIPTION

00h

80h

Supported diagnostics pages (see Table 4-79)

Online diagnostic test page (see Table 4-80)

Manufacturing Online diagnostic test page (FACTORY MODE

only, see Table 4-91)

81h

MTU Online diagnostic test pages (FACTORY MODE only, see

Table 4-93)

90-9Fh

Table 4-87. Receive Diagnostic Results Page, General Form

BITS

BYTES

Page Code (XXh)

Reserved

2-3

4-N

Page Length (n-3)

Diagnostic Parameters

Description of the Page Code 00h

The Page Code 00h instructs the target to make available the list of all supported diagnostic pages

to be returned by a subsequent RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS (FACTORY MODE) com-

mand.

Table 4-88. Page 00h - Supported Diagnostic Pages (FACTORY MODE)

BITS

BYTES

Page Code (00h)

Reserved

2-3

Page Length (0013h)

Supported page list (00h)

Supported page list (80h)

Supported page list (81h)

Supported page list (90h)

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-91

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

Table 4-88. Page 00h - Supported Diagnostic Pages (FACTORY MODE) (Continued)

BITS

BYTES

Supported page list (91h)

Supported page list (92h)

Supported page list (93h)

Supported page list (94h)

Supported page list (95h)

Supported page list (96h)

Supported page list (97h)

Supported page list (98h)

Supported page list (99h)

Supported page list (9Ah)

Supported page list (9Bh)

Supported page list (9Ch)

Supported page list (9Dh)

Supported page list (9Eh)

Supported page list (9Fh)

Description of the Page Code 80h

Table 4-89. Page 80h - Online Diagnostic Test Page

BITS

BYTES

Page Code (80h)

Reserved

2-3

Page Length (0010h)

Routine in error (Routine number)

Execute Count (Pass Count)

First Fault Symptom Code

Second Fault Symptom Code

Third Fault Symptom Code

Reserved

6-7

8-9

10-11

12-19

4-92

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

Table 4-90. Page 80h Field Description

BYTE

BIT

VALUE

DESCRIPTION

0-7

The Routine in Error field contains the Routine ID of the failing routine. If this

field contains 00h, no errors were detected during the last execution of a SEND

DIAGNOSTIC command.

0-7

The Execute Count field contains the number of passes attempted before an error

was detected. If an error is detected on the first pass, this field contains a 1. This

field is reset each time a new (different) routine is started. For example: if the

SEND DIAGNOSTIC command Parameter list contained a pass count of 4 for

Routine 50, and a pass count of 7 for Routine 51, and an error was detected on

the third attempt to execute Routine 51, this field would contain a 3.

6-11

This field contains the Fault Symptom Codes that indicate the cause of the error.

Description of the Page Code 81h

Table 4-91. Page 81h - Online Manufacturing Diagnostic Test Page

BITS

BYTES

Page Code (81h)

Reserved

2-3

Page Length (0040h)

Routine in error (Routine number)

Execute Count (Pass Count)

First Fault Symptom Code

Second Fault Symptom Code

Third Fault Symptom Code

Expected Data

6-7

8-9

10-11

12-15

16-19

20-23

Received Data

Address

PESSA ERPA code

PESSA FORMAT

26-41

42-68

PESSA DATA

Reserved

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-93

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

Table 4-92. Page 81h Field Description

BYTE

BIT

VALUE

DESCRIPTION

0-7

The Routine in Error field contains the Routine ID of the failing routine. If this

field contains 00h, no errors were detected during the last execution of a SEND

DIAGNOSTIC command.

0-7

The Execute Count field contains the number of passes attempted before an error

was detected. If an error is detected on the first pass, this field contains a 1. This

field is reset each time a new (different) routine is started. For example: if the

SEND DIAGNOSTIC command Parameter list contained a pass count of 4 for

Routine 50, and a pass count of 7 for Routine 51, and an error was detected on

the third attempt to execute Routine 51, this field would contain a 3.

6-11

0-7

This field contains the Fault Symptom Codes that indicate the cause of the error.

12-15

This field contains the data that was expected by the diagnostic test reporting an

error.

16-19

20-23

0-7

This field contains the data that was received by the diagnostic test reporting the

error.

This field contains the hardware address where the expected and received data

comparison was made by the diagnostic test reporting the error.

This field contains the Permanent Error Sense ERPA code relating to the

reported error.

0-7

This field contains the Permanent Error Sense Format code.

This field contains the Permanent Error Sense Data bytes.

26-41

Description of the Page Code 90-9Fh

Table 4-93. Page 90-9Fh - Online Diagnostic Test Page

BITS

BYTES

Page Code (90-9Fh)

Reserved

2-3

Page Length (0020h)

MTU DIAG error code

MTU DIAG result data 1

MTU DIAG result data 2

MTU DIAG result data 3

MTU DIAG result data 4

MTU DIAG result data 5

4-5

6-7

8-9

10-11

12-13

14-15

4-94

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

Table 4-93. Page 90-9Fh - Online Diagnostic Test Page (Continued)

BITS

BYTES

16-17

18-19

20-21

22-23

24-25

26-27

28-29

30-31

32-33

34-35

MTU DIAG result data 6

MTU DIAG result data 7

MTU DIAG result data 8

MTU DIAG result data 9

MTU DIAG result data 10

MTU DIAG result data 11

MTU DIAG result data 12

MTU DIAG result data 13

MTU DIAG result data 14

MTU DIAG result data 15

Description of fields in Page Codes 90-9Fh

Table 4-94. Page Code 90-9Fh Field Description

BYTE

BIT

VALUE

DESCRIPTION

0-7

MTU Diagnostic Page Code.

4-5

The MTU Diagnostic Error Code field will contain a non-zero value if an error was

detected during diagnostic operation.

6-35

0-7

MTU Diagnostic result data 1 - 15. These 16-bit fields are used to report details of

the diagnostic operation which are specific to the diagnostic test being executed. See

Chapter 8 for more information on MTU Diagnostic Result Data.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-95

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

4-3.20.3

Diagnostic Parameter List (PF=0 in SEND DIAGNOSTIC command CDB)

If the Page Format (PF) bit was cleared to 0 in a previous SEND DIAGNOSTIC command, the

RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS (FACTORY MODE) command will return diagnostic result

data in parameter list format.

Table 4-95. Online Diagnostic Results data Parameter List

BITS

BYTES

Routine in error (Routine number)

Execute Count (Pass Count)

First Fault Symptom Code

Second Fault Symptom Code

Third Fault Symptom Code

Reserved

2-3

4-5

6-7

8-15

Description of fields in Diagnostic Results data in Parameter List

Table 4-96. Parameter List Field Description

BYTE

BIT

VALUE

DESCRIPTION

0-7

The Routine in Error field contains the Routine ID of the failing routine. If this field

contains 00h, no errors were detected during the last execution of a SEND DIAG-

NOSTIC command.

0-7

The Execute Count field contains the number of passes attempted before an error

was detected. If an error is detected on the first pass, this field contains a 1. This field

is reset each time a new (different) routine is started. For example: if the SEND

DIAGNOSTIC command Parameter list contained a pass count of 4 for Routine 50,

and a pass count of 7 for Routine 51, and an error was detected on the third attempt

to execute Routine 51, this field would contain a 3.

2-7

This field contains the Fault Symptom Codes that indicate the cause of the error.

4-3.20.4

RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS CHECK CONDITION Status

If the initiator does not send a SEND DIAGNOSTIC command first, the command is terminated

with GOOD status and the target does not transfer any result data.

All reserved bits must be zero. If these bits are set to one, the command is terminated with

CHECK CONDITION status and the sense key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST.

4-96

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

4-3.20.5

RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Sense Keys

One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated:

SENSE KEY CONDITION

DESCRIPTION

RECOVERED ERROR

Recovery was performed when writing buffered data, before the

buffered mode operation occurred in RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC

RESULTS command.

MEDIUM ERROR

1. Write of buffered data failed due to a defective tape.

2. An attempt was made to write 36-track data on 18-track format-

ted medium.

HARDWARE ERROR

1. SCSI interface error occurred due to a hardware failure (e.g.

transfer of RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS data failed

due to a hardware failure).

2. Write of buffered data failed due to a hardware failure.

ILLEGAL REQUEST

UNIT ATTENTION

1. Reserved bit was found set in the CDB of the RECEIVE DIAG-

NOSTIC RESULTS command.

2. Flag bit in the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS CDB was

set and the Link bit was not set.

Indicates the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command was

not performed due to one of the following:

1. The tape cartridge may have been changed.

2. The target has been reset.

3. The Mode parameters have been changed by another initiator.

4. The version of the microcode has been changed (microcode

downloaded).

5. A cartridge was loaded with a tape length that is too long or too

short.

ABORTED COMMAND

VOLUME OVERFLOW

RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command was aborted.

Write of buffered data prior to the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC

RESULTS operation failed because physical End-of-Tape has

been reached.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-97

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

4-3.21

RECOVER BUFFERED DATA command 14h

RECOVER BUFFERED DATA requests that the tape unit transfer one or more blocks of data from

the tape unit’s buffer to the initiator. The command is used to retrieve data contained in the buffer

that had been sent earlier by the initiator to be written to the medium [tape]. The command is typi-

cally used following an error condition which indicates that data could not be written to the medium

[tape]. Several RECOVER BUFFERED DATA commands may be needed to retrieve all buffered

write blocks.

The Information field of sense data returned for a RECOVER BUFFERED DATA command is anal-

ogous to the Information field of sense data returned for a READ command. Please see the READ

command description in paragraph 4-3.14 on page 4-63 for a description of this field.

4-3.21.1

RECOVER BUFFERED DATA CDB Description

RECOVER BUFFERED DATA is a six-byte command. The bytes are shown below and described

in Table 4-97. Common fields are described in paragraph 4-3.1 on page 4-4.

BITS

BYTES

SILI

LUN

Reserved

Fixed

MSB

Transfer Length

LSB

Link

Reserved

Flag

Note: Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded.

Table 4-97. RECOVER BUFFERED DATA Field Description

BYTE

BIT

VALUE

14h Operation Code.

DESCRIPTION

0-7

The Fixed bit specifies both the meaning of the transfer length field and whether

fixed-length or variable-length blocks are to be transferred.

If the Fixed bit is zero, a single block is transferred with the bytes transferred being

the lesser of the actual block length or the requested transfer length.

If the Fixed bit is one, the transfer length specifies the number of blocks to be trans-

ferred to the initiator.

Suppress Incorrect Length Indication (SILI) flag.

2-4

The Transfer Length indicates the number of bytes or blocks to transfer. The block

length used is the current block length specified in the mode parameters block

descriptor (refer to the Mode Select Block Descriptor in Table 4-47 on page 4- 53.)

When the transfer length is zero, no data is transferred and the current position on

the logical unit is not changed. This condition is not considered an error.

4-98

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

4-3.21.2

RECOVER BUFFERED DATA Operation

Unlike the READ command, one can control the order that blocks are transferred for the

RECOVER BUFFERED DATA command. The Recover Buffer Order (RBO) bit of the Mode

Parameter Device Configuration page controls the transfer order. If the RBO bit is set to zero then

blocks are transferred in the order that they were received from the initiator (First In First Out,

FIFO, order); if the RBO bit is set to one then blocks are transferred in the opposite order that they

were received from the initiator (Last In First Out, LIFO, order.)

The RECOVER BUFFERED DATA command is typically used in conjunction with the READ

POSITION command following a permanent write error being detected. Here is one possible

sequence to perform write error recovery after a write error has been detected:

1. A READ POSITION command is issued. This determines two items: first is how many

blocks didn’t get written to tape and are still buffered (this will be in the Number of blocks in

buffer field) and second is the start location where the buffered blocks are to be written (this

will be in the Last block location field.)

2. One or more RECOVER BUFFERED DATA commands are issued by the initiator to

recover all blocks that still need to be written.

3. The tape cartridge being written to is unloaded, moved and loaded into a second tape unit.

4. A LOCATE command is issued to the second tape unit using as the target the start location

obtained from the READ POSITION command issued earlier.

5. The recovered blocks are sent to the second tape unit using one or more WRITE commands.

4-3.21.3

RECOVER BUFFERED DATA CHECK CONDITION Status

The RECOVER BUFFERED DATA command will cause any buffered write data to be written to

tape if the command is issued when no exception condition exists preventing data to be written to

tape. In this case, assuming no errors occur when writing the buffered data to tape, CHECK CON-

DITION status will be reported for the command and the error sense will be as described for the

case of requesting more blocks than are available to be recovered.

If a buffered filemark is encountered during a RECOVER BUFFERED DATA command, the tar-

get returns CHECK CONDITION status. Within the sense data for the CHECK CONDITION sta-

tus, the sense key is NO SENSE, and both the Filemark and Valid bits are set to one. If the Fixed

bit was one, the Information field will contain the difference (residue) of the requested transfer

count minus the actual number of blocks recovered not including the filemark encountered. If the

Fixed bit was zero, the Information field contains the requested transfer length.

If the RECOVER BUFFERED DATA command requests to transfer more blocks than remain in

the buffer then CHECK CONDITION status will be returned after sending as many blocks as are

available. In the sense data for the CHECK CONDITION status, the sense key is NO SENSE, and

both the Valid bit and EOM bit are set to one. If the Fixed bit was one, the Information field will

contain the difference (residue) of the requested transfer count minus the actual number of blocks

recovered. If the Fixed bit was zero, the Information field contains the requested transfer length.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-99

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

4-3.21.4

RECOVER BUFFERED DATA Sense Keys

One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated:

SENSE KEY CONDITION

DESCRIPTION

NO SENSE

1. SILI and Fixed bits are both zero and the actual length of the

block transferred is different from the specified Transfer length

field of the CDB.

2. Filemark encountered during the recover buffered data opera-

tion.

3. More blocks are requested to be transferred than are contained

in the buffer

HARDWARE ERROR

ILLEGAL REQUEST

Transfer of data to initiator failed due to hardware failure

1. Reserved bit was found set in the CDB.

2. The Fixed bit was set to one, but the current mode is variable

(as defined by the current Mode Select state).

3. The SILI and Fixed bits are both set to one.

4. The Flag bit was set but the Link bit was not set.

UNIT ATTENTION

Indicates the RECOVER BUFFERED DATA command was not

performed due to one of the following:

1. The tape cartridge may have been changed.

2. The target has been reset.

3. The Mode parameters have been changed by another initiator.

4. The version of the microcode has been changed (microcode

downloaded).

5. A cartridge was loaded with a tape length that is too long or too

short.

ABORTED COMMAND

VOLUME OVERFLOW

RECOVER BUFFERED DATA command was aborted

Write of buffered data prior to the RECOVER BUFFERED

DATA operation failed because physical End-of-Tape has been

reached.

4-100

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

4-3.22

RELEASE UNIT command 17h

The RESERVE UNIT and RELEASE UNIT commands serve to resolve contention in multiple-initi-

ator systems. The RELEASE UNIT command is used to release previously reserved logical units for

the requesting initiator, or if it is a third-party release, for another specified SCSI device.

The SCSI device that releases the reservation of the tape logical unit, also automatically releases the

reservation of the medium changer logical unit, even though the RELEASE UNIT command was

directed to the tape logical unit. This is because the SCSI device that gains the reservation of the tape

logical unit also automatically gains the reservation of the medium changer logical unit.

The RESERVE UNIT and RELEASE UNIT commands are not supported for the medium changer

logical unit, however, releasing the reservation of the tape logical unit will serve as a method of

releasing the medium changer logical unit as well.

4-3.22.1

RELEASE UNIT CDB Description

RELEASE UNIT is a six-byte command. The bytes are shown below and described in Table 4-98.

Common fields are described in paragraph 4-3.1 on page 4-4

BITS

BYTES

LUN

3rd Party

3rd Party Dev ID

Reserved

Flag

Link

Note: Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded.

Table 4-98. RELEASE UNIT Field Description

BYTE

BIT

VALUE

DESCRIPTION

0-7

1-3

17h Operation Code.

The 3rd Party Dev ID is the SCSI device for whom a third-party reserva-

tion has been made.

If the 3rd Party bit is zero, then the initiator that made the non-third-party

reservation, releases the reserved device.

If the 3rd Party bit is one, the initiator that made a third-party reservation

for the device specified in the “3rd Party Dev ID” field releases the reser-

vation for that same device.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-101

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

4-3.22.2

RELEASE UNIT Operation

If a valid reservation exists for the Initiator-Target-LUN combination, the target releases the reser-

vation and returns GOOD status.

A reservation may only be released by the initiator that made it. It is not an error to attempt to

release a reservation that is not currently valid. In this case, the target returns GOOD status with-

out altering any other reservation.

Third Party Release allows an initiator to release a logical unit that was previously reserved using

a third-party reservation.

4-3.22.3

RELEASE UNIT Sense Keys

One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated:

SENSE KEY CONDITION

DESCRIPTION

RECOVERED ERROR

Recovery was performed while writing buffered data before the

RELEASE UNIT occurred.

MEDIUM ERROR

1. Write of buffered data failed due to a defective tape.

2. An attempt was made to write 36-track data on 18-track format-

ted medium.

HARDWARE ERROR

ILLEGAL REQUEST

Write of buffered data failed due to a hardware failure.

1. Reserved bit was found set in the CDB of the RELEASE UNIT

command.

2. The Flag bit was set but the Link bit was not set.

UNIT ATTENTION

Indicates the RELEASE UNIT command was not performed due

to one of the following:

1. The tape cartridge may have been changed.

2. The target has been reset.

3. The Mode parameters have been changed by another initiator.

4. The version of the microcode has been changed (microcode

downloaded).

5. A cartridge was loaded with a tape length that is too long or too

short.

ABORTED COMMAND

The RELEASE UNIT command was aborted.

4-102

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

4-3.23

REQUEST SENSE command 03h

The REQUEST SENSE command requests that the target transfer sense data to the initiator. The con-

troller is capable of supplying 44 bytes (2Ch bytes) of sense. Refer to section 8-3 on page 8-4 for a

description of the sense data received via this command.

4-3.23.1

REQUEST SENSE CDB Description

REQUEST SENSE is a six-byte command as shown below and described in Table 4-99. Common

fields are described in paragraph 4-3.1 on page 4-4.

BITS

BYTES

LUN

Reserved

Allocation Length

Reserved

Flag

Link

Note: Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded.

Table 4-99. REQUEST SENSE Field Description

BYTE

BIT

VALUE

03h Operation code.

DESCRIPTION

0-7

The Allocation Length field specifies the maximum number of sense data bytes

to be returned to the initiator. An allocation length of zero indicates that no sense

data is returned and is not considered an error. The target terminates the sense

data transfer when the allocation length bytes have been transferred or when all

of the sense data have been transferred to the initiator, whichever is less.

The additional sense length in the sense data is not altered to reflect truncation

due to insufficient allocation length.

4-3.23.2

REQUEST SENSE CHECK CONDITION Status

The sense data is valid for a CHECK CONDITION status returned on the prior command. This

sense data is preserved by the target for the initiator until retrieved by the REQUEST SENSE com-

mand or until the receipt of any other command for the same logical unit from the initiator that

issued the command resulting in the CHECK CONDITION status. Sense data is cleared upon

receipt of any subsequent command (including Request Sense) to the logical unit from the initiator

receiving the CHECK CONDITION status.

The REQUEST SENSE command returns the CHECK CONDITION status only to report fatal

errors for the REQUEST SENSE command.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-103

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

Example:

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

a. The target receives a nonzero reserved bit in the command descriptor block.

b. An unrecovered parity error occurs on the DATA BUS.

c. A target malfunction prevents return of the sense data.

If any nonfatal error occurs during the execution of the REQUEST SENSE command, the target

returns the sense data with GOOD status. Following a fatal error on a REQUEST SENSE com-

mand, sense data may be invalid.

4-3.23.3

REQUEST SENSE Sense Keys

One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated:

SENSE KEY CONDITION

DESCRIPTION

HARDWARE ERROR

SCSI interface error occurred due to hardware failure (e.g. trans-

fer of Request Sense data failed due to hardware failure).

ILLEGAL REQUEST

1. Reserved bit was found set in the CDB of the Request Sense

command.

2. Flag bit in the Request Sense CDB was set and Link bit was not

set.

4-104

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

4-3.24

Report Density Support command 44h

The REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT command provides a means for the initiator to retrieve informa-

tion maintained by the target about the supported densities for the MTU logical unit.

** NOTE **

The support of the REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT command is con-

figuration dependent. In order for this command to be supported, FT4

(Feature Mode 4), bit 6 (0x40) must be set to 1. This bit can be set via

the CHANGE DEFINITION command (VPD page C1h, feature config-

uration byte 4) or via the operator panel, SETTING menu, option

80:S.FT4 (see Chapter 4 of the M2488 User’s Guide). If the REPORT

DENSITY SUPPORT command is received when FT4, bit 6 is set to

0, CHECK CONDITION status is generated. The sense key is set to

ILLEGAL REQUEST with the additional sense code set to INVALID

CDB OP CODE.

4-3.24.1

REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT CDB Description

REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT is a ten-byte command. The bytes are shown below and described

in Table 4-100. Common fields are described in paragraph 4-3.1 on page 4-4.

BITS

BYTES

Reserved

Media

Reserved

MSB

Allocation Length

Reserved

LSB

Link

Flag

Note: Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-105

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

Table 4-100. REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT Field Description

BYTE

BIT

VALUE

DESCRIPTION

0-7

44h Operation code.

The Media bit indicates which DENSITY SUPPORT data blocks are to be

returned.

0b DENSITY SUPPORT data blocks are to be returned to the initiator for

densities supported by the logical unit for any supported media. This

includes density 09h described in Table 4-102 on page 7-107 and density

28h described in Table 4-103 on page 7-108.

1b Density support data block(s) is to be returned to the initiator for densities

supported by the mounted medium:

a) If the mounted medium is a standard-length tape, there are two DEN-

SITY SUPPORT data blocks returned. This includes density 09h described

in Table 4-102 on page 7-107 and density 28h described in Table 4-103 on

page 7-108.

b) If the mounted medium is an extended-length tape, there is one DEN-

SITY SUPPORT data block returned: density 28h described in Table 4-

103 on page 7-108.

Notes:

a) The DENSITY SUPPORT data block’s Capacity field corresponding to

density 28h is dependent on the tape length when the Media bit in the CDB

is set. Reference the description of the DENSITY SUPPORT data block’s

Capacity field in Table 4-104 on page 7-109.

b) If the Media bit is one and the logical unit is NOT READY, CHECK

CONDITION status is generated with a sense key of NOT READY.

7-8

xxh Allocation Length field specifies the maximum number of bytes that the

initiator has allocated for returned REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT data.

An allocation length of zero indicates no data is to be transferred. This

condition is not considered an error.

The target terminates the DATA IN phase when allocation length bytes are

transferred or when all available data is transferred to the initiator, which-

ever is less. An allocation length of at least 6Ah (106) should be specified

in order for all of the maximum possible bytes to be returned to the initia-

tor.

4-3.24.2

REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT Data

The REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT data contains a four-byte header, followed by one or two

DENSITY SUPPORT data blocks. The DENSITY SUPPORT data blocks are in numerical

ascending order of the primary density code value in each block. Each DENSITY SUPPORT data

block represents a particular format including physical density information. The information in the

DENSITY SUPPORT data blocks is intended to provide the initiator with a detailed description of

the recording technologies supported by the logical unit. Density code values returned in the DEN-

SITY SUPPORT data blocks may be used by the initiator in the Block Descriptor of a MODE

SELECT command, however, the M2488 always operates in a fixed density support mode (i.e 18-

track read; 36-track read/write) independent of the value sent in the Block Descriptor (reference

the MODE SELECT command specification in section 4-3.12 on page 4-51).

4-106

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT Header:

Table 4-101. REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT Header

BITS

DEFAULT

BYTES

0-1

REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT Data Length

N.A.

00h

Reserved

00h

The REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT data length indicates the number of bytes in the following

data that is available to transfer. This data length does not include itself.

Table 4-102. DENSITY SUPPORT Data Block for density 09h (18-track, standard length tape)

BITS

DEFAULT

BYTES

Primary Density Code

09h

Secondary Density Code

WrtOK

Dup

Deflt

Reserved

00h

Reserved

00h

5-7

8-9

10-11

Bits per mm

05D3h (1491)

0C07h (127)

0012h (18)

Media Width (tenths of a mm)

Tracks

000000F0h

(240)

12-15

16-23

Capacity (MB)

Assigning Organization

(58 33 20 20 20 20 20 20h)

“X3”

Density Name

(31 38 20 54 52 41 43 4Bh)

24 - 31

32 - 51

“18 TRACK”

Description

“3480/3490

1/2” TAPE”

(33 34 38 30 2F 33 34 39 30 20 31 2F 32 22 20 54 41 50 45h)

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-107

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

Table 4-103. DENSITY SUPPORT Data Block for density 28h (36-track, standard or extended length

tape)

BITS

DEFAULT

BYTES

Primary Density Code

28h

A0h

00h

Secondary Density Code

WrtOK

Dup

Deflt

Reserved

05D3h

(1491)

5-7

8-9

Bits per mm

Media Width (tenths of a mm)

Tracks

0C07h (127)

0024h

(36)

10-11

See Capac-

ity field

desc. in

12-15

Capacity (MB)

Table 4-104

Assigning Organization

(58 33 20 20 20 20 20 20h)

16 - 23

24 - 31

32 - 51

“X3”

Density Name

(33 36 20 54 52 41 43 4Bh)

“36

TRACK”

Description

“3490E 1/

2” TAPE”

(33 34 39 30 45 20 31 2F 32 22 20 54 41 50 45 20 20 20 20 20h)

4-108

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

Table 4-104. REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT Data Block Field Description

BYTE

BIT

VALUE

DESCRIPTION

0-7

The Primary Density Code contains the value returned by a MODE SENSE

command for the density described in the remainder of the DENSITY SUP-

PORT data block (reference the MODE SENSE command specification in sec-

tion XX for more information on density codes reported by MODE SENSE).

0-7

The Secondary Density Code field contains the equivalent density code value

when multiple density codes are assigned to the same recording technology

(density, format, capacity, etc.). If no secondary density code exists, then this

field is set to the Primary Density Code value in byte 0.

A Default (Deflt) bit of zero indicates this density is not the default density of the

logical unit.

A Deflt bit of one indicates this density is the default density of the logical unit.

A Dup bit of zero indicates this primary density code has exactly one DENSITY

SUPPORT data block.

A Dup bit of one indicates this primary density code is specified in more than

one DENSITY SUPPORT data block.

A Write OK (WrtOK) bit of zero indicates the logical unit support for this den-

sity does not include writing to the media.

A WrtOK bit of one indicates the logical unit is capable of writing this density to

either:

a) the currently mounted medium (Media bit in CDB is set to one), or

b) for some media (Media bit in CDB is set to zero).

5-7

The Bits per mm field indicates the number of bits per millimeter per track as

recorded on the medium. The value in this field shall be rounded up if the frac-

tional value of the actual value is greater than or equal to 0.5. A value of zero

indicates the number of bits per millimeter does not apply to this logical unit.

Direct comparison of this value between different vendors (possible prod-

ucts) is discouraged since the definition of bits may vary.

8-9

The Media Width field indicates the width of the medium supported by this den-

sity. This field has units of tenths of millimeters. The value in this field shall be

rounded up if the fractional value of the actual value is greater than or equal to

0.5.

10-11

The Tracks field indicates the number of data tracks supported on the medium by

this density. Direct comparison of this value between different vendors (pos-

sible products) is discouraged since the definition of the number of tracks

may vary.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-109

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

Table 4-104. REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT Data Block Field Description (Continued)

BYTE

BIT

VALUE

DESCRIPTION

12-15

The Capacity field is intended to be used to determine that the correct density is

being used, particularly when a lower-density format is required for interchange.

The meaning of the Capacity field is dependent on the setting of the Media bit in

the CDB:

a) When the Media bit in the CDB is 0, the capacity field indicates the approxi-

mate capacity of the longest supported medium for this density. For density 09h

(18-track) the approx. capacity is 240MB (F0h). For density 28h (36-track) the

approx. capacity is 800MB (320H) (i.e. approx. capacity of the extended length

tape, which is the longest supported medium for this density).

b) When the Media bit in the CDB is 1, the capacity field indicates the approxi-

mate capacity of the currently mounted medium for this density. For density 09h

the approx. capacity is 240MB (F0h). For density 28h, the capacity is dependent

on the tape length (standard or extended) of the currently mounted medium. For

standard length tapes, the approx. capacity is 400MB (190h). For extended

length tapes, the approx. capacity is 800MB (320h).

Notes:

a) The capacity is based on compression being disabled.

b) The capacity is based on the media being in “good” condition and that “nor-

mal” data and block sizes are used.

c) The logical unit does not guarantee that this space is actually available in all

cases.

d) Direct comparison of this value between different vendors (possibly prod-

ucts) is discouraged since the length of media and the method used to mea-

sure maximum capacity may vary.

16-23

The Assigning Organization field contains eight bytes of ASCII data identifying

the organization responsible for the information in this DENSITY SUPPORT

data block. The data is left aligned within this field. The ASCII value for a space

(20h) is used if padding is required.

24-31

32-51

The Density Name field contains eight bytes of ASCII data identifying the name

that is associated with this DENSITY SUPPORT data block. The data is left

aligned within this field.

The Description field contains 20 bytes of ASCII data describing the density.

The data is left aligned within this field. The ASCII value for a space (20h) is

used if padding is required.

4-110

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

4-3.24.3

REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT Sense Keys

One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated:

SENSE KEY CONDITION

DESCRIPTION

NOT READY

1. The Media bit is one and the logical unit is NOT READY.

MEDIUM ERROR

1. Writing buffered data to tape failed due to defective tape.

2. An attempt was made to write 36-track data on 18-track format-

ted medium.

HARDWARE ERROR

ILLEGAL REQUEST

Write buffered data to tape failed due to a hardware error.

1. Reserved bit was found set in the CDB of the REPORT DEN-

SITY SUPPORT command.

2. The Flag bit was set but the Link bit was not set.

UNIT ATTENTION

Indicates the REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT command was not

performed due to one of the following:

1. The tape cartridge may have been changed.

2. The target has been reset.

3. The Mode parameters have been changed by another initiator.

4. The version of the microcode has been changed (microcode

downloaded).

5. A cartridge was loaded with a tape length that is too long or too

short.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-111

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

4-3.25

RESERVE UNIT command 16h

The RESERVE UNIT and RELEASE UNIT commands serve to resolve contention in multiple-initi-

ator systems. The RESERVE UNIT command reserves the specified logical unit for the exclusive use

of the requesting initiator, or if it is a third-party reservation, for another specified SCSI device.

The SCSI device that gains the reservation of the tape logical unit, also automatically gains the reser-

vation of the medium changer logical unit, even though the RESERVE UNIT command was directed

to the tape logical unit.

The RESERVE UNIT command is not supported for the medium changer logical unit, however, res-

ervation of the tape logical unit will serve as a method of reserving the medium changer logical unit

as well. The reservation on the medium changer logical unit will be released when a RELEASE

UNIT command is issued for the tape logical unit.

4-3.25.1

RESERVE UNIT CDB Description

RESERVE UNIT is a six-byte command. The bytes are shown below and described in Table 4-

105. Common fields are described in paragraph 4-3.1 on page 4-4

BITS

BYTES

LUN

3rd Party

3rd Party Dev ID

Reserved

Flag

Link

Note: Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded.

Table 4-105. RESERVE UNIT Field Description

BYTE

BIT

VALUE

DESCRIPTION

0-7

1-3

16h Operation Code.

The 3rd Party Device ID specifies the SCSI device the reservation is for.

This field is ignored when bit 4=0.

Third Party Reservation allows an initiator to reserve a logical unit for

another SCSI device.

If the 3rd Party bit is zero, then the RESERVE UNIT command is to

reserve the logical unit for the initiator sending the command.

If the 3rd Party bit is one then the logical unit will be reserved for the SCSI

device specified in the 3rd Party Dev ID field.

4-112

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

4-3.25.2

RESERVE UNIT Operation

This command will always cause a synchronization unless:

The device is operating in Buffered Mode 1, wherein different initiators may have data in the

buffer at the same time, or

A third-party reservation is being requested where the 3rd Party Dev ID is that of the initiator

which currently has write data in the buffer.

This command requests that the entire logical unit be reserved for the exclusive use of the initiator

until:

the reservation is superseded by another valid RESERVE UNIT command from the initiator

that the device is currently reserved for,

the unit is released by a RELEASE UNIT command from the initiator that made the reserva-

tion,

a hard reset condition occurs,

a BUS DEVICE RESET message is received from any initiator, or

a power on cycle occurs.

The reservation is not granted if the logical unit is reserved by another initiator. It is permissible

for an initiator to issue a RESERVE UNIT command to a logical unit that it has already reserved.

If the logical unit is reserved for another initiator, the target returns RESERVATION CONFLICT

status.

If, after honoring the reservation, any other initiator tries to perform any command on the reserved

logical unit other than an INQUIRY, REQUEST SENSE or RELEASE UNIT command, then the

command is rejected with RESERVATION CONFLICT status. A RELEASE UNIT command is

ignored by returning GOOD status without altering any reservations, if received from an initiator

other than the one reserving the initiator.

The initiator will receive a BUSY (instead of a RESERVATION CONFLICT) status if the reserved

device is in the process of executing a command for the initiator or third-party device that holds

the reservation. The logical unit receiving the commands is checked for activity in progress before

being checked for reservation rights. If the reserved logical unit was not busy with a command for

the device that holds the reservation rights, then other initiators’ commands will be rejected with

the RESERVATION CONFLICT status.

If an initiator attempts to make a third-party reservation for itself (i.e. the 3rdParty Dev ID field

has the same value as the ID of the initiator issuing the command), a CHECK CONDITION status

will be returned with sense data indicating ILLEGAL REQUEST/INVALID FIELD IN CDB.

The target preserves a successful third-party reservation until:

it is superseded by another valid RESERVE UNIT command from the initiator that made the

third-party reservation,

it is released by the initiator that made the third-party reservation,

a BUS DEVICE RESET message is received from any initiator, or

a hard reset condition occurs.

While a third party reservation is active, the target ignores any attempt to release the reservation

made by any other initiator.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-113

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

Superseding reservations. An initiator that currently has a logical unit reserved may modify the

current reservation by issuing another RESERVE UNIT command to the same logical unit. The

superseding reservation releases the current reservation if the superseding reservation request is

granted. The current reservation is not modified if the superseding reservation request cannot be

granted. If the superseding reservation cannot be granted because of conflicts with a previous res-

ervation (other than the current reservation), then the target returns RESERVATION CONFLICT

status.

4-3.25.3

RESERVE UNIT Sense Keys

One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated:

SENSE KEY CONDITION

DESCRIPTION

RECOVERED ERROR

Recovery was performed while writing buffered data before the

RESERVE UNIT occurred.

MEDIUM ERROR

1. Write of buffered data failed due to a defective tape.

2. An attempt was made to write 36-track data on 18-track formatted

medium.

HARDWARE ERROR

ILLEGAL REQUEST

Write of buffered data failed due to a hardware failure.

1. Reserved bit was found set in the CDB of the RESERVE UNIT

command.

2. Initiator attempted to perform a third-party reservation for its own

ID.

3. The Flag bit was set but the Link bit was not set.

UNIT ATTENTION

Indicates the RESERVE UNIT command was not performed due to

one of the following:

1. The tape cartridge may have been changed.

2. The target has been reset.

3. The Mode parameters have been changed by another initiator.

4. The version of the microcode has been changed (microcode down-

loaded).

5. A cartridge was loaded with a tape length that is too long or too

short.

ABORTED COMMAND

VOLUME OVERFLOW

The RESERVE UNIT command was aborted.

Write of buffered data prior to the RESERVE UNIT operation failed

because physical End-of-Tape has been reached.

4-114

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

4-3.26

REWIND command 01h

The REWIND command causes the logical unit to position to the beginning of tape. Any buffered

write data and filemarks are written to the tape before the positioning is performed.

A single REWIND command may not actually cause the tape head to be physically positioned at the

beginning of the tape; positioning may occur only in the buffer or the tape head may be physically

positioned just before the first block but after the Density ID mark on the tape. Issuing two consecu-

tive REWIND commands forces the logical unit to position the tape head at the physical beginning of

tape. (This may prove useful for test purposes; e.g. The Density ID mark will always be read for a

Read command following two consecutive REWIND commands.

4-3.26.1

REWIND CDB Description

REWIND is a six-byte command. The bytes are as shown below and described in Table 4-106.

Common fields are described in paragraph 4-3.1 on page 4-4.

BITS

BYTES

LUN

Reserved

Immed

Reserved

Flag

Link

Note: Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded.

Table 4-106. REWIND Field Description

BYTE

BIT

VALUE

DESCRIPTION

01h Operation code for the rewind command.

0-7

If the Immed (Immediate) bit is 0, Status is not returned for the REWIND

command until the rewind has completed or has failed.

If the Immed (Immediate) bit is 1, Status is returned for the REWIND

command as soon as the CDB has been validated and any buffered write

data and filemarks have been written to tape. The rewind operation has

been started but not necessarily completed when status is returned.

4-3.26.2

REWIND CHECK CONDITION Status

If the status reported for the previous command was a CHECK CONDITION because data could

not be written to the tape, then any buffered data is discarded before the rewind occurs.

If CHECK CONDITION status is reported for a REWIND command with the Immediate bit set to

1, then the rewind will not occur.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-115

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

4-3.26.3

REWIND Sense Keys

One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated:

SENSE KEY CONDITION

DESCRIPTION

RECOVERED ERROR

1. Recovery was performed when writing buffered data before the

rewind occurred.

2. Retries were needed to complete the rewind operation.

NOT READY

Logical Unit was not ready. The tape cartridge was not loaded or

the logical unit was not made ready.

MEDIUM ERROR

1. Write of buffered data failed due to a defective tape.

2. An attempt was made to write 36-track data on 18-track format-

ted medium.

HARDWARE ERROR

ILLEGAL REQUEST

UNIT ATTENTION

1. Write of buffered data failed due to a hardware failure.

2. The rewind operation was not completed because of a hardware

failure.

1. Illegal parameter was found in REWIND command CDB. The

rewind operation was not performed.

2. The Flag bit was set but the Link bit was not set.

Indicates the REWIND command was not performed due to one

of the following:

1. The tape cartridge may have been changed.

2. The target has been reset.

3. The Mode parameters have been changed by another initiator.

4. The version of the microcode has been changed (microcode

downloaded).

5. A cartridge was loaded with a tape length that is too long or too

short.

ABORTED COMMAND

VOLUME OVERFLOW

REWIND command was aborted. The REWIND command can be

reissued.

Write of buffered data prior to the Read Reverse operation failed

because physical End-of-Tape has been reached.

4-116

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

4-3.27

SEND DIAGNOSTIC command 1Dh

The SEND DIAGNOSTIC command requests the target to perform diagnostic tests on itself, or on

the attached peripheral devices. After the receipt of a valid SEND DIAGNOSTIC command, the unit

performs synchronization prior to execution of the SEND DIAGNOSTIC operation. Disconnection

occurs, if allowed, during the execution of the function. When the Selftest bit is zero, this command

is usually followed by a RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command.

4-3.27.1

SEND DIAGNOSTIC CDB Description

SEND DIAGNOSTIC is a six-byte command. The bytes are shown below and described in

Table 4-107. Common fields are described in paragraph 4-3.1 on page 4-4.

BITS

BYTES

LUN

Reserved

Selftest

DevOfL

UnitOfL

Reserved

MSB

Parameter List Length

LSB

Link

Reserved

Flag

Note: Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded.

The following Field Description table specifies the use of each field of the SEND DIAGNOSTIC

CDB. Refer to Table 4-108 in conjunction with the following table for a more concise overview of

how each field is used.

Table 4-107. SEND DIAGNOSTIC Field Description

BYTE

BIT

VALUE

1Dh Operation code.

DESCRIPTION

0-7

A UnitOfL (Unit Offline) bit of 1 enables write operations on user medium or opera-

tions that affect user visible medium positioning.

A DevOfL (Device Offline) bit of 1 enables diagnostic operations that may adversely

affect operations to other logical units on the same target.

A Selftest bit of 1 directs the target to complete its default selftest.

A Selftest bit of 0 directs the target to perform tests defined by the bytes in the

parameter list. Successful completion of the function and preparation of a response is

indicated by presentation of GOOD status. The response is then recovered by execu-

tion of the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-117

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

Table 4-107. SEND DIAGNOSTIC Field Description (Continued)

BYTE

BIT

VALUE

DESCRIPTION

A page format (PF) bit of one indicates the SEND DIAGNOSTIC parameters

defined by ANSI standard X3.131-1994 are used. The PF bit specifies the parameter

list consists of zero or more diagnostic pages and that the data returned by subse-

quent RECEIVED DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command shall use the diagnostic

page format.

A PF bit of 0 indicates the SEND DIAGNOSTICS parameters are vendor specific.

When the Self Test bit is 1, the PF bit can be 0 or 1 and the parameter list length must

be 0. When the Self Test bit is 0 and the PF bit is 0, the parameter list length must be

0 or 16.

3-4

The Parameter List Length field specifies the length, in bytes, of the SEND DIAG-

NOSTIC parameter list to be transferred from the initiator to the target.

Table 4-108. SEND DIAGNOSTIC CDB Field Description Overview

PAGE

CODE

PARAMETER

LIST LENGTH

ROUTINE

SELFTEST

DEVOFL

UNITOFL

N/A

00h

80h

SelfTest

01h

50h

51h

52h

53h

54h

57h

C0h

C2h

01h

50h

51h

52h

53h

54h

4-118

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

Table 4-108. SEND DIAGNOSTIC CDB Field Description Overview (Continued)

PAGE

CODE

PARAMETER

UNITOFL

ROUTINE

SELFTEST

DEVOFL

LIST LENGTH

57h

C0h

C2h

NOTE: An “X” denotes “don’t care”.

4-3.27.2

SEND DIAGNOSTIC CHECK CONDITION Status

All reserved bits must be set to zero. If these bits are set to one, the command is terminated with

CHECK CONDITION status and the sense key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST.

A self test bit of one directs the target to complete its default self test, refer to the self test routine

in Online Diagnostic Routine description in Chapter 8.

If the self test is requested, the parameter list length must be zero, indicating that no data is to be

transferred. If it is not zero, the command is terminated with CHECK CONDITION status and the

sense key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST. If the self test successfully passes, the command is ter-

minated with GOOD status; otherwise, the command is terminated with CHECK CONDITION

status and the sense key is set to HARDWARE ERROR. No Diagnostic Result file is prepared if

the self test bit is 1. If the command completes with CHECK CONDITION, the resulting sense

data contains the Fault Symptom Code. See Chapter 8 for a description of the sense data.

If the PF bit is 0 and the self test bit is 0, then the parameter list length must be 0 or 16, or else the

command is terminated with CHECK CONDITION status and the sense key is set to ILLEGAL

REQUEST.

A parameter list length of zero indicates that no data is transferred. This condition is not an error,

no result file is prepared, and the command is terminated with GOOD status in this case. If the

specified parameter list length results in truncation of one or more pages with the PF bit is set to

one, the target terminates the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command with CHECK CONDITION status,

the sense key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and additional sense key is set to INVALID FIELD

IN CDB.

4-3.27.3

Diagnostic Pages (PF=1)

Refer to Chapter 8 for the test descriptions.

To use diagnostic pages, the Page Format (PF) bit must be set to 1. Data in the diagnostic pages is

primarily used to select the tests to be executed and the number of times each test is to be run (exe-

cute count). A page code can not be used more than once within the command. If the same page

code is sent, the target terminates the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command with CHECK CONDI-

TION status.

The Diagnostic pages for the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command are 00h and 80h. If the page code is

set to any unsupported value, the target terminates the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command with

CHECK CONDITION status, the sense key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and additional sense

key is set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST.

For all pages, the Page Length bytes must be set as indicated for bytes 2-3 in the following Page

Code descriptions. If the page length is set to any other value, the target terminates the SEND

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-119

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

DIAGNOSTIC command with CHECK CONDITION status, the sense key is set to ILLEGAL

REQUEST and an additional sense key is set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST.

Table 4-109. Send Diagnostic Page, General Form

BITS

BYTES

Page code (XXh)

Reserved (All bits are set to zero)

Page Length (n-3)

2-3

4-N

Page Parameter (If the Page Code is 00h, this parameter is not required)

The Diagnostic page codes are shown in the following table.

Table 4-110. Diagnostic Page Codes

PAGE CODE

DESCRIPTION

00h

80h

Supported diagnostics pages. See Table 4-111.

Online diagnostic test page. See Table 4-112.

Description of the Page Code 00h

This page instructs the target to make available the list of all supported diagnostic pages to be

returned by subsequent RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command.

Table 4-111. Page 00h - Supported Diagnostic Pages

BITS

BYTES

Page code (00h)

Reserved (All bits are set to zero)

Page Length (0000h)

2-3

For Page Code 00h, the Page Length bytes must both be set to 00h. If the page length is set to any

other value, the target terminates the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command with CHECK CONDITION

status, the sense key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and an additional sense key is set to INVALID

FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST.

4-120

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

Description of the Page Code 80h

This page allows user selection of Online Diagnostic Routines and control over the number of

times each routine is to be executed.

Table 4-112. Page 80h - Online Diagnostic Test Page

BITS

BYTES

Page code (80h)

Reserved (All bits are set to zero)

Page Length (0010h)

2-3

Execute Count (Pass Count) of Online Routine 01h (Self Test)

Execute Count (Pass Count) of Online Routine 50h

Execute Count (Pass Count) of Online Routine 51h

Execute Count (Pass Count) of Online Routine 52h

Execute Count (Pass Count) of Online Routine 53h

Execute Count (Pass Count) of Online Routine 54h

Reserved (All bits are set to zero)

10-11

15-19

Execute Count (Pass Count) of Online Routine 57h

Execute Count (Pass Count) of Online Routine C0h

Execute Count (Pass Count) of Online Routine C2h

Reserved (All bits are set to zero)

Selection of a diagnostic routine is accomplished by assigning a routine’s corresponding Execute

Count byte a non-zero value. Routines 50 to 57 are diagnostic specific to the Tape Drive logical

unit, and routines C0 and C2 are specific to the Medium Changer logical unit. Therefore, if the

Tape Drive logical unit is selected, only the Execute Count bytes corresponding to the Selftest rou-

tine (Routine 01) and routines 50 to 57 may have non-zero values. Bytes 1, 10-11, and 13-19 must

be zero; otherwise a CHECK CONDITION is returned with Sense Key set to ILLEGAL

REQUEST and Additional Sense Key set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST. Con-

versely, if the Medium Changer logical unit has been selected, only the Execute Count bytes corre-

sponding to routine C0 and/or C2 may have non-zero values. Bytes 1, 4-12, and 15-19 must be

zero; otherwise a CHECK CONDITION is returned with Sense Key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST

and Additional Sense Key set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST.

Selection of routines 50 and 51 do not require either DevOfl or UnitOfl to be set. Selection of rou-

tines 52 to 57, or C0 to C2 require both DevOfl and UnitOfl to be set. If a parameter list is received

by the controller which indicates selection of any of the routines 52 to 57, or C0 and/or C2, and

both UnitOfl and DevOfl are not set, a CHECK CONDITION is returned with Sense Key set to

ILLEGAL REQUEST and Additional Sense Key is set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER

LIST.

If any error condition is encountered during execution of a routine, diagnostic result data is gener-

ated at that time and no further routine execution occurs.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-121

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

4-3.27.4

Diagnostic Parameter List (PF=0)

Refer to Chapter 8 for the test descriptions.

To use the Diagnostic Parameter List, the Page Format (PF) bit must be cleared to 0. Data in the

Diagnostic Parameter List indicates which tests are to be executed and the number of times each

test is to be run (execute count). Use of the Diagnostic Parameter List is very similar to Diagnostic

Page 80h described above. The format of the Diagnostic Parameter List is given in Table 4-113

below:.

Table 4-113. Diagnostic Parameter List

BITS

BYTES

Execute Count (Pass Count) of Online Routine 01h (Self Test)

Execute Count (Pass Count) of Online Routine 50h

Execute Count (Pass Count) of Online Routine 51h

Execute Count (Pass Count) of Online Routine 52h

Execute Count (Pass Count) of Online Routine 53h

Execute Count (Pass Count) of Online Routine 54h

Reserved (All bits are set to zero)

6-7

Execute Count (Pass Count) of Online Routine 57h

Execute Count (Pass Count) of Online Routine C0h

Execute Count (Pass Count) of Online Routine C2h

Reserved (All bits are set to zero)

11-15

Selection of a diagnostic routine is accomplished by assigning a routine’s corresponding Execute

Count byte a non-zero value. Routines 01, and 50 to 57 are diagnostic specific to the Tape Drive

logical unit, and routines C0 and C2 are specific to the Medium Changer logical unit. Therefore, if

the Tape Drive logical unit is selected, only the Execute Count bytes corresponding to the Selftest

routine (Routine 01) and routines 50 to 57 may have non-zero values. Bytes 6-7 and 9-15 must be

zero; otherwise a CHECK CONDITION is returned with Sense Key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST

and Additional Sense Key set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST. Conversely, if the

Medium Changer logical unit has been selected, only the Execute Count bytes corresponding to

routine C0 and/or C2 may have non-zero values. Bytes 0-8 and 15-19 must be zero; otherwise a

CHECK CONDITION is returned with Sense Key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and Additional

Sense Key set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST.

Selection of routines 50 and 51 do not require either DevOfl or UnitOfl to be set. Selection of rou-

tines 52 to 57, or C0 to C2 require both DevOfl and UnitOfl to be set. If a parameter list is received

by the controller which indicates selection of any of the routines 52 to 57, or C0 and/or C2, and

both UnitOfl and DevOfl are not set, a CHECK CONDITION is returned with Sense Key set to

ILLEGAL REQUEST and Additional Sense Key is set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER

LIST. A summary of DevOfl and UnitOfl usage may be found in Table 4-108.

If any error condition is encountered during execution of a routine, diagnostic result data is gener-

ated at that time and no further routine execution occurs.

4-122

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

4-3.27.5

SEND DIAGNOSTIC Sense Keys

One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated:

SENSE KEY CONDITION

DESCRIPTION

RECOVERED ERROR

MEDIUM ERROR

Recovery was performed when writing buffered data before the buff-

ered mode operation occurred in SEND DIAGNOSTIC command.

1. Write of buffered data failed due to defective tape.

2. An attempt was made to write 36-track data on 18-track formatted

medium.

HARDWARE ERROR

ILLEGAL REQUEST

1. SCSI interface error occurred due to hardware failure (e.g. transfer

of SEND DIAGNOSTIC data failed due to hardware failure).

2. Write of buffered data failed due to a hardware failure.

3. The self-test is not successful in SEND DIAGNOSTIC command.

1. Reserved bit was found set in the CDB of the SEND DIAGNOS-

TIC command.

2. Flag bit in the SEND DIAGNOSTIC CDB was set and Link bit

was not set.

3. There is a parameter list error.

UNIT ATTENTION

Indicates the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command was not performed

due to one of the following:

1. The tape cartridge may have been changed.

2. The target has been reset.

3. The Mode parameters have been changed by another initiator.

4. The version of the microcode has been changed (microcode down-

loaded).

5. A cartridge was loaded with a tape length that is too long or too

short.

ABORTED COMMAND

VOLUME OVERFLOW

SEND DIAGNOSTIC command was aborted.

Write of buffered data prior to the SEND DIAGNOSTIC operation

failed because physical End-of-Tape has been reached.

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-123

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

4-3.28

SEND DIAGNOSTIC (FACTORY MODE) command 1Dh

The SEND DIAGNOSTIC (FACTORY MODE) command requests the target to perform diagnostic

tests on itself, or on the attached peripheral devices. After the receipt of a valid SEND DIAGNOSTIC

command, the unit performs synchronization prior to execution of the SEND DIAGNOSTIC opera-

tion. Disconnection occurs, if allowed, during the execution of the function. When the self-test bit is

zero, this command is usually followed by a RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command.

** NOTE **

The SEND DIAGNOSTIC command as described in this section

requires that the tape drive be set in FACTORY MODE.

4-3.28.1

SEND DIAGNOSTIC CDB Description

SEND DIAGNOSTIC is a six-byte command. The bytes are shown below and described in

Table 4-114. Common fields are described in paragraph 4-3.1 on page 4-4.

BITS

BYTES

LUN

Reserved

Selftest

DevOfL

UnitOfL

Reserved

MSB

Parameter List Length

LSB

Link

Reserved

Flag

Note: Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded.

The following Field Description table specifies the use of each field of the SEND DIAGNOSTIC

CDB. Refer to Table 4-115 in conjunction with the following table for a more concise overview of

how each field is used.

Table 4-114. SEND DIAGNOSTIC (FACTORY MODE) Field Description

BYTE

BIT

VALUE

1Dh Operation code.

DESCRIPTION

0-7

A UnitOfL (Unit Offline) bit of 1 enables write operations on user medium or opera-

tions that affect user visible medium positioning.

A DevOfL (Device Offline) bit of 1 enables diagnostic operations that may adversely

affect operations to other logical units on the same target.

A Selftest bit of 1 directs the target to complete its default selftest.

A Selftest bit of 0 directs the target to perform tests defined by the bytes in the

parameter list. Successful completion of the function and preparation of a response is

indicated by presentation of GOOD status. The response is then recovered by execu-

tion of the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command.

4-124

CG00000-011503 REV. A

April 1997

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

Table 4-114. SEND DIAGNOSTIC (FACTORY MODE) Field Description (Continued)

BYTE

BIT

VALUE

DESCRIPTION

A Page Format (PF) bit of 1 indicates the SEND DIAGNOSTIC parameters defined

by ANSI standard X3.131-1994 are used. The PF bit specifies the parameter list con-

sists of zero or more diagnostic pages and that the data returned by subsequent

RECEIVED DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command shall use the diagnostic page for-

mat.

A PF bit of 0 indicates the SEND DIAGNOSTICS parameters are vendor specific.

When the Self Test bit is 1, the PF bit can be 0 or 1 and the parameter list length must

be 0. When the Self Test bit is 0 and the PF bit is 0, the parameter list length must be

0 or 16.

3-4

The Parameter List Length field specifies the length, in bytes, of the SEND DIAG-

NOSTIC parameter list to be transferred from the initiator to the target.

Table 4-115. SEND DIAGNOSTIC (FACTORY MODE) CDB Field Description Overview

PAGE

CODE

PARAMETER

LIST LENGTH

ROUTINE

SELFTEST

DEVOFL

UNITOFL

N/A

00h

80h

81h

90h-9Fh

SelfTest

01h

50h

51h

52h

53h

54h

57h

C0h

C2h

MFG TEST

MTU TEST

01h

50h

51h

52h

April 1997

CG00000-011503 REV. A

4-125

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS

M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE

Table 4-115. SEND DIAGNOSTIC (FACTORY MODE) CDB Field Description Overview (Continued)

PAGE

CODE

PARAMETER

LIST LENGTH

ROUTINE

SELFTEST

DEVOFL

UNITOFL

53h

54h

57h

C0h

C2h

NOTE: An “X” denotes “don’t care”.

4-3.28.2

SEND DIAGNOSTIC (FACTORY MODE) CHECK CONDITION Status